<PAGE> 1
As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 1997.
Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
------------------------
<TABLE>
<C> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 2679 76-0171625
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (IRS employer identification number)
incorporation or organization) Classification Code)
</TABLE>
100 TRI-STATE DRIVE, SUITE 200, LINCOLNSHIRE, ILLINOIS 60069
(847) 945-9100
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
G. DOUGLAS PATTERSON, ESQ.
VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
100 TRI-STATE DRIVE, SUITE 200
LINCOLNSHIRE, ILLINOIS 60069
TELEPHONE NO.: (847) 945-9100
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
WITH COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
WILLIAM R. KUNKEL PAUL W. THEISS
SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM (ILLINOIS) MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
333 W. WACKER DRIVE 190 SOUTH LASALLE STREET
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606 CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603
TELEPHONE NO.: (312) 407-0700 TELEPHONE NO.: (312) 782-0600
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this registration statement has become effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following box and list the registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=======================================================================================================
PROPOSED
TITLE OF SECURITIES TO MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
BE REGISTERED OFFERING PRICE(1)(2) REGISTRATION FEE(3)
- - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share........... $143,750,000 $43,561
=======================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) Includes options granted to the Underwriters by Ivex Packaging Corporation
to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant
to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 429, the prospectus contained herein also relates to
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45436) relating to $60,000,000 of
common stock which was never issued. As such, $20,690 was previously paid in
connection therewith.
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be
used in connection with an offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
Prospectus") and one to be used in a concurrent international offering outside
the United States and Canada (the "International Prospectus"). The complete U.S.
Prospectus follows immediately. Following the U.S. Prospectus are certain pages
of the International Prospectus, which include an alternate front cover page, an
alternate underwriting section and an alternate back cover page. All other pages
of the U.S. Prospectus and the International Prospectus are identical.
<PAGE> 3
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT
BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR
SHALL
THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE OR JURISDICTION.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PROSPECTUS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED , 1997
SHARES
IVEX LOGO
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
------------------------
Of the shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), of
Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or "Ivex"),
being offered hereby, shares are being offered by the Company and
shares are being offered by Acadia Partners, L.P. and certain related
investors (the "Selling Stockholder" or "Acadia"). The Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling
Stockholder. See "Principal Stockholders."
Of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, shares are being
offered initially in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters (the
"U.S. Offering") and shares are being offered initially in a concurrent
international offering outside the United States and Canada by the International
Managers (the "International Offering," and together with the U.S. Offering, the
"Offerings"). The initial public offering price and the underwriting discount
per share are identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. For a discussion relating to factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, see "Underwriting." It is anticipated that the
initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share.
Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on under
the symbol " ".
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) STOCKHOLDER
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share............ $ $ $ $
- - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)............. $ $ $ $
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
at $ .
(3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers options to purchase up to an additional shares and shares of
Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable within 30 days of the
date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such options are
exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See
"Underwriting."
------------------------
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and to
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York,
on or about , 1997.
------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE> 4
Graphs of the Company's Sales and EBIT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Sales EBIT
(in millions) (in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1993 - $366.9 1993 - $28.6
1994 - 391.0 1994 - 31.5
1995 - 451.6 1995 - 41.8
1996 - 451.8 1996 - 52.3
LTM - 505.4 LTM - 55.3
06/30/97 06/30/97
</TABLE>
Sales and EBIT have compounded 9.6% and 20.8%, respectively, on an annualized
business since 1993.
- - - ------------------------------------------------------
ACQUISITIONS
Ivex has completed the following five
"bolt-on" acquisitions since 1995:
Packaging Products, Inc. (September 1995)
Surface protection and protective packaging
Plastofilm Industries, Inc. (August 1996)
Medical and electronics packaging products
Trio Products, Inc. (September 1996)
Extruded custom sheet products
Viskase Limited (January 1997)
Extruded OPS sheet and thermoformed packaging products in Europe
M&R Plastics, Inc. (February 1997)
Extruded OPS sheet and thermoformed packaging products in Canada
======================================================
[Photograph of the Company's medical or electronics protective packaging]
Ivex manufactures a broad array of products,
including, beginning with the acquisition of Plastofilm in 1996, medical and
electronics packaging products.
------------------------------------------------------
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER
SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE> 5
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and
notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except where the context
otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus to the "Company" or "Ivex"
are to Ivex Packaging Corporation and its direct and indirect wholly owned
subsidiaries, and all references to "IPC" are to IPC, Inc. and its direct and
indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. IPC is the only direct subsidiary of Ivex
and is wholly owned. All share and per share data in this Prospectus reflect
the -for-1 split of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company effective
immediately prior to the Offerings and assume no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment options. See "Underwriting."
THE COMPANY
Ivex is a vertically integrated specialty packaging company that designs
and manufactures value-added plastic and paper-based flexible packaging
products. The Company is the leading provider of customized packaging in
specialty markets, ranking first or second in markets representing 76% of the
Company's revenues. Ivex has increased sales and profitability by focusing on
niche markets that provide attractive margins and growth and where the Company's
integrated manufacturing capabilities enhance its competitive position. Ivex
serves a variety of markets, providing packaging for food, medical devices and
electronic goods and protective packaging for industrial products.
Over the past several years, the Company has executed a comprehensive
growth strategy based upon (i) achieving internal growth through product
extensions and further penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth
through strategic acquisitions. The Company has completed five acquisitions
since 1995. Since 1993, sales, EBITDA and EBIT (as defined herein) have
increased at compound annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%,
respectively.
MARKETS
Consumer Packaging. Consumer Packaging designs and manufactures plastic and
paper-based products for food packaging applications and, more recently, for
applications in the medical and electronics industries. The Company produces a
broad array of items, including plastic containers for prepared foods, produce
and baked goods; specialty paper products such as fluted baking cups and liners
for cookies and other baked goods; microwaveable packaging materials; and
protective packaging for medical devices and electronics products. Consumer
Packaging markets its products to a variety of end users, including national
wholesale bakeries, supermarket chains, foodservice distributors, fast-food
chains, major agricultural growers, medical equipment suppliers and electronics
manufacturers. The Company also manufactures a variety of plastic sheet and film
products from several different resins for internal use and sales to third party
converters. Ivex is the leading producer of oriented polystyrene ("OPS") sheet
in the world. Consumer Packaging represented approximately 56% of the Company's
net sales and 58% of the Company's EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30,
1997.
Industrial Packaging. Industrial Packaging manufactures and coats film,
paper and foil products for protective packaging and specialty papers. The
Company produces products for some of the fastest growing applications in the
protective packaging industry, including film and paper maskings and
self-sealing coated packaging applications. These products are marketed
primarily to consumer durable goods manufacturers, automotive companies, other
industrial manufacturers and integrated paper producers. The Company also
manufactures a variety of recycled kraft paper made from post-consumer and
post-industrial fibers and specialty lightweight paper made primarily from
virgin pulp for internal use and sales to third party converters. Industrial
Packaging represented approximately 44% of the Company's net sales and 42% of
the Company's EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30, 1997.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Ivex seeks to differentiate itself from other packaging providers by
offering customized packaging that addresses the specialized needs of its
customers. The Company's goal is to be the number one or number two
3
<PAGE> 6
provider of customized packaging in its markets. Ivex believes it has a number
of key strengths that support its ability to implement this strategy:
Focus on Niche Markets. Ivex focuses primarily on markets with attractive
margin and growth characteristics. The Company's markets include the in-store
bakery, delicatessen and prepared food sections of supermarkets; foodservice
outlets; medical equipment and electronics goods manufacturers; and users of
industrial protective masking. These markets have been among the fastest growing
for packaging products over the past several years. Each of these is
characterized by few competitors, technological barriers to entry, significant
customer service requirements and attractive growth potential.
Broad Product Range. Ivex manufactures a broad range of plastic and
paper-based stock and customized packaging products to provide a full service
approach to fulfilling its customers' packaging needs. Through its multi-resin
extrusion and thermoforming capabilities, Ivex is able to offer its customers a
variety of plastic packaging solutions. The Company believes its breadth of
product range and customization capabilities are competitive advantages that
allow it to be more responsive to, and provide a single supply source for, many
of its customers' packaging needs. Further, these capabilities enhance the
Company's ability to adapt to changing market preferences.
Flexible Design and Engineering. Ivex seeks to maximize opportunities
within niche markets by providing its customers with lower-cost product
development and shorter lead times than its competitors. The Company delivers
these benefits through research and development and technical expertise such as
computer-aided design and manufacturing and extensive in-house mold-making
capabilities.
Vertical Integration. Ivex pursues a vertically integrated operating
strategy in order to maximize product quality, minimize the influence of
external commodity price fluctuations and maintain its low-cost position. Within
Consumer Packaging, the Company operates two polymerization, six extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. In 1996, the Company produced 42% of its
polystyrene needs and 100% of its OPS sheet needs internally, resulting in a
significant advantage over competitors that purchase these materials in the open
market. Within Industrial Packaging, the Company's polyethylene film and paper
facilities provide important source products and product development
capabilities for many of the Company's protective packaging products.
Proprietary Technology. Ivex's proprietary technology strengthens its
product quality, market position and growth prospects in existing markets as
well as new product and geographic markets. Examples of the Company's
proprietary technology used by Consumer Packaging include extensive extrusion
process technology, low residual monomer polymerization technology and the
capability to manufacture OPS film to a gauge of less than one-thousandth of an
inch. Because of its proprietary production technology, the Company's OPS is
recognized as having the highest level of quality within the industry. Within
Industrial Packaging, the Company utilizes many customized adhesive and cohesive
formulations in its surface protection and self-sealing products which
strengthen its market position and product development capabilities.
Broad Distribution Network. The geographic breadth of Ivex's manufacturing
and distribution network, including 25 plants in North America and Europe and an
extensive network of sales representatives, is another significant advantage
over the Company's competitors, which are often smaller and regionally based.
Ivex's distribution network allows it to meet the broad geographic needs of its
larger customers from a single source, which is an advantage as customers seek
to reduce their number of suppliers. Extensive geographic coverage also reduces
transportation costs and contributes to the Company's cost competitiveness.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Over the past several years, Ivex has executed a comprehensive growth
strategy based upon (i) internal growth through product extensions and further
penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth through strategic
acquisitions. Since 1993, sales, EBITDA and EBIT have increased at compound
annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%, respectively. The Company
believes it can continue growing sales and earnings through its growth strategy
as well as through utilizing excess cash flow to reduce debt and interest
expense.
4
<PAGE> 7
Internal Growth. Ivex intends to utilize its business strategy and strong
market position to capitalize on a number of emerging industry trends. As
supermarkets, bakeries and foodservice distributors consolidate packaging
vendors to create efficiencies, the Company plans to use its broad product
offerings and distribution capabilities to capture market share through
increased sales to these customers. Consumer trends toward convenient,
ready-to-eat food products and the increased utilization of clear plastic
packaging for more appealing presentation within the delicatessen, bakery and
produce sections of supermarkets are resulting in increasing use of OPS sheet.
As the leading producer of OPS sheet in the world, Ivex believes that it will
experience increased production and sales of OPS sheet. In addition,
manufacturers are increasingly realizing the quality and cost/benefit advantage
of using protective packaging and masking to protect products from damage or
breakage during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. This trend
creates additional demand for the Company's protective masking products and
corrugated cushioning materials.
Acquisitions. Ivex has pursued a disciplined acquisition program of
"bolt-on" acquisitions that meet certain defined strategic and financial return
criteria. Since 1995, Ivex has completed five acquisitions that achieve a number
of strategic objectives:
- apply existing technology to new products and markets (the acquisition of
Plastofilm Industries, Inc. added medical and electronics end markets);
- fill out or extend existing product lines and markets (the acquisition of
Trio Products, Inc. added multi-resin capabilities and the acquisition of
Packaging Products, Inc. expanded surface protection product offerings);
- expand geographical presence (the acquisitions of M&R Plastics, Inc. in
Canada and the European OPS business of Viskase Limited extended
operations outside the United States); and
- create rationalization opportunities (the integration of Plastofilm's
extrusion operation into Trio created a lower-cost operation).
As a market leader with a broad range of products and proven capabilities, the
Company believes that it is well positioned to continue to successfully apply
its acquisition and operating expertise to take advantage of consolidation
opportunities within the highly fragmented specialty packaging market.
------------------------
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 100 Tri-State
Drive, Suite 200, Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069, and its telephone number is
(847) 945-9100.
THE REFINANCING
The Offerings are a component of a comprehensive refinancing strategy of
the Company to significantly lower its interest expense, strengthen its balance
sheet and provide financial flexibility to enable Ivex to continue to pursue
investment opportunities. As part of this refinancing, IPC is in the process of
negotiating a new credit facility (the "New Credit Facility") that will
refinance its existing credit facility (the "Existing Credit Facility"). The
Company intends to use the proceeds of the Offerings together with borrowings
under the New Credit Facility to refinance substantially all of its existing
indebtedness.
Specifically, IPC presently intends to use approximately $ million of the
funds to be provided under the New Credit Facility to retire the entire $158
million aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2002 (the "12 1/2% Subordinated Notes") plus approximately $ million of
premiums and $ million of accrued interest (assuming the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes are purchased , 1997) pursuant to a tender offer and
consent solicitation (the "Subordinated Note Offer"). The Company presently
intends to use the proceeds of the Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit
Facility to retire all or a portion of the $160 million aggregate principal
amount ($ million accreted value assuming the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are
purchased , 1997) of its 13 1/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (the
"13 1/4% Discount Debentures") plus approximately $ million of premiums
pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation (the "Senior Debenture
Offer" and, together with the Subordinated Note Offer, the "Offers"). The offer
prices and other terms and conditions of the Offers have
5
<PAGE> 8
not yet been determined by the Company. See "The Refinancing," "Capitalization"
and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data -- Pro Forma Consolidated Statements
of Operations."
The New Credit Facility is expected to provide for IPC to borrow up to $475
million principal amount at variable interest rates. On a pro forma basis at
June 30, 1997, the Company expects IPC to borrow approximately $ million under
the New Credit Facility to (i) refinance $ million outstanding under the
revolving credit portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) refinance $
million outstanding under the term loan portion of the Existing Credit Facility,
(iii) apply approximately $ million to the acquisition of the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, and (iv) pay
approximately $ million of fees associated with these transactions. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility,"
"Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."
THE OFFERINGS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company.................. shares(1)
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder...... shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offerings... shares(1)(2)
Use of Proceeds...................................... To repay certain indebtedness. See "The
Refinancing" and "Use of Proceeds."
Symbol............................................... Application will be made for listing of the
Common Stock on under the symbol
" ".
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment options granted by the Company to
the Underwriters.
(2) Includes shares of Common Stock to be issued to certain officers
of the Company concurrently with the closing of the Offerings, assuming an
initial offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range of the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof), but
excludes approximately shares of Common Stock (assuming such
offering price) available for issuance under outstanding stock options
granted to certain officers of the Company. See "Management -- Executive
Compensation."
RISK FACTORS
Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offerings should carefully consider the
factors set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and other information
included in this Prospectus prior to making an investment decision. See "Risk
Factors."
6
<PAGE> 9
SUMMARY SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following summary selected consolidated financial data presented below
for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five year period ended
December 31, 1996, are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated audited financial statements of the Company. The data as of and for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the consolidated
unaudited interim financial statements and include, in the opinion of
management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary to present fairly the data for such periods. The financial data of
Ivex reflect the following acquisitions as of the respective acquisition dates:
Packaging Products, Inc. ("PPI") as of September 11, 1995; Plastofilm
Industries, Inc. ("Plastofilm") as of August 16, 1996; Trio Products, Inc.
("Trio") as of September 11, 1996; the OPS business based in the United Kingdom
(the "European OPS Business") as of January 17, 1997; and M&R Plastics Inc.
("M&R") as of February 21, 1997. The following summary selected financial data
do not reflect the impact of any pro forma adjustments for the transactions
contemplated hereby.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales....................... $367,649 $ 366,851 $ 390,975 $ 451,569 $ 451,807 $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Gross profit.................... 74,076 72,213 74,271 85,160 100,383 45,775 56,361
Selling and administrative...... 38,502 39,274 41,662 42,567 47,462 22,132 29,467
Amortization of
intangibles(1)................ 12,266 4,372 1,140 1,904 621 258 512
Write-off of goodwill(1)........ 113,859 13,471
Acquisition related
expense(2).................... 1,100
Restructuring and special
charges(3).................... 4,350 4,960
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations... 23,308 (90,742) 31,469 22,258 52,300 23,385 26,382
Interest expense................ 46,426 37,179 39,820 43,270 42,732 21,221 22,805
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes and extraordinary
item.......................... (23,118) (127,921) (8,351) (21,012) 9,568 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision............ (1,722) (1,177) (942) (1,113) (900) (440) (890)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item............ (24,840) (129,098) (9,293) (22,125) 8,668 1,724 2,687
Extraordinary item(4)........... (5,532) (2,359)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)............... $(30,372) $(129,098) $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668 $ 1,724 $ 2,687
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Earnings (loss) per share(5):
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item.......... $ $ $ $ $ $
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income (loss)............. $ $ $ $ $ $
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
EBIT(6)......................... $ 28,597 $ 28,567 $ 31,469 $ 41,828 $ 52,300 $ 23,385 $ 26,382
Depreciation and
amortization(1)............... 30,931 137,837 22,189 35,871 22,724 11,303 13,290
EBITDA(7)....................... 54,239 52,545 53,658 63,089 75,024 34,688 39,672
Capital expenditures............ 12,820 9,528 16,769 19,385 17,633 7,996 10,984
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital(8).............. $ 28,451 $ 34,729 $ 32,853 $ 38,090 $ 32,539 $ 39,885 $ 60,200
Total assets.................... 423,051 297,674 304,246 294,911 315,901 289,476 370,642
Long-term debt.................. 278,369 330,201 330,768 353,717 352,893 349,850 404,612
Redeemable preferred stock...... 50,313
Shareholders' equity
(deficit)..................... 23,899 (101,579) (111,266) (136,332) (127,344) (134,608) (124,392)
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 10
(1) Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill of $13,471 and the
accelerated non-cash write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill totaling $113,859.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1992 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of non-compete agreements and a patent
totaling $5,289.
(2) Acquisition related expense totaling $1,100 was incurred during 1993 in
connection with an acquisition attempt.
(3) Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with IPC's special incentive agreement
with certain executive officers, $1,950 of costs related to an attempted
initial public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760
associated with a donation of certain land to the Village of Chagrin Falls,
Ohio. Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1993 include
restructuring and special charges of $4,350, reflecting a $1,500 non-cash
write-down of certain property held for sale and costs of $2,850 related to
the reorganization of the Consumer Packaging product group, which include,
among other things, severance, transition and relocation expenses.
(4) In connection with the 1995 refinancing of IPC's credit facility, the
Company wrote off deferred financing costs of $2,359. In connection with the
1992 12 1/2% Subordinated Note offering, the Company wrote off deferred
financing costs of $5,977, net of a tax benefit of $445.
(5) The earnings (loss) per share amounts give effect to the Company's -for-1
stock split effective immediately prior to the Offerings. A loss per share
amount has not been presented for 1992 since the Company's combined
financial statement presentation and capital structure precluded meaningful
equivalent per share calculations.
(6) EBIT includes income from operations adjusted to exclude goodwill write-off,
acquisition related expenses and restructuring and special charges. In
addition, EBIT for the year ended December 31, 1995 excludes the accelerated
write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139 and for the year ended
December 31, 1992 excludes the accelerated write-off of non-compete
agreements and a patent totaling $5,289. Ivex believes that EBIT provides
additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, EBIT is not a defined term under generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
(7) EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude depreciation and
amortization expenses, goodwill write-off, acquisition related expenses and
restructuring and special charges. Ivex believes that EBITDA provides
additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP and
is not indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations as
determined under GAAP.
(8) Working capital is determined to be the excess of current assets over
current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt).
8
<PAGE> 11
SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)
The following summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data were
derived from and should be read in conjunction with the "Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following summary pro
forma consolidated financial data give effect to the transactions contemplated
hereby as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the periods
presented below for purposes of the statement of operations and other operating
data, and as of the dates presented below for purposes of the balance sheet
data. The following summary pro forma consolidated financial data do not reflect
the Company's actual results of operations or financial position had the
transactions contemplated hereby been consummated on the dates assumed. The pro
forma results of operations for the period ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. This
unaudited data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------- -----------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4) HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4)
---------- --------------- ---------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales................................ $ 451,807 $ $ 264,034 $
Gross profit............................. 100,383 56,361
Selling and administrative............... 47,462 29,467
Amortization of intangibles.............. 621 512
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Income from operations................... 52,300 26,382
Interest expense......................... 42,732 (2) 22,805 (2)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before income taxes............... 9,568 3,577
Income tax provision..................... (900) (3) (890) (3)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before extraordinary item......... $ 8,668 $ $ 2,687 $
========= ========= ========= =========
Income before extraordinary item per
share.................................. $ $ $ $
========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
EBIT..................................... $ 52,300 $ $ 26,382 $
Depreciation and amortization............ 22,724 13,290
EBITDA................................... 75,024 39,672
Capital expenditures..................... 17,633 10,984
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------- -----------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4) HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4)
---------- --------------- ---------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.......................... $ 32,539 $ $ 60,200 $
Total assets............................. 315,901 370,642
Long-term debt........................... 352,893 404,612
Stockholders' deficit.................... (127,344) (124,392)
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock
by the Company hereby (assuming net proceeds of $ ), (ii) the
issuance of shares to management in connection with the conversion of the
IPC Options (as hereinafter defined) (see "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions") and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility, and the
anticipated use of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and
borrowings had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.
Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments reflect the refinancing of the
Existing Credit Facility, the repurchase of
9
<PAGE> 12
$ principal amount of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
$ accreted value (approximately $ principal amount) of the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures. See "The Refinancing."
(2) Represents the adjustment of interest expense, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Estimated interest on the New Credit Facility at a
weighted average interest expense of %............... $ $
Elimination of interest on the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes..................................................
Elimination of interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures.............................................
Elimination of interest on the Existing Credit
Facility...............................................
Non-cash amortization of new deferred financing costs....
Elimination of amortization of existing deferred
financing costs........................................
Interest income on management note receivable (at %)...
-------- --------
Net change in interest expense...................... $ $
======== ========
</TABLE>
(3) The Company's income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been adjusted to reflect a 40%
effective tax rate on pro forma taxable income.
(4) The pro forma statements of operations do not reflect a net of tax non-cash
extraordinary expense of approximately $ and $ for previously
capitalized debt issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively, and a net of tax cash
extraordinary expense of $ during both periods for prepayment costs
assumed to have been paid in connection with the repurchase of 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also the pro forma
statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 do not include a net of tax non-cash nonrecurring
management compensation charge of approximately $ in connection
with the conversion of the IPC Options (as hereinafter defined) and the
accrual of management compensation expense associated with the Company's
reimbursement on a grossed-up basis of future interest payable on the loans
advanced to members of management by the Company in order to pay the income
taxes payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. Such
nonrecurring charges are reflected as an increase to pro forma stockholders'
deficit. See "Management -- Executive Compensation" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."
10
<PAGE> 13
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in this Prospectus, including, without
limitation, statements containing the words "believes," "anticipates," "expects"
and words of similar import, constitute "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such
forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of
the Company, or industry results, to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following:
international, national and local general economic and market conditions;
demographic changes; the size and growth of the paper and plastic packaging
markets for both consumer and industrial uses; the ability of the Company to
sustain, manage or forecast its growth; the ability of the Company to
successfully make and integrate acquisitions; the size, timing and mix of
purchases of the Company's products; raw material costs and availability; new
product development and introduction; existing government regulations and
changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse
publicity; contingent liabilities and other claims asserted against the Company;
competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and
difficulty in forecasting operating results; changes in business strategy or
development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel; the ability to protect technology; the use of proceeds from
the Offering; and other factors referenced in this Prospectus. Certain of these
factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Prospectus, including,
without limitation, under the captions "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds,"
"Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business." Given these uncertainties, prospective purchasers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The Company
disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the
result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained
herein to reflect future events or developments.
RISK FACTORS
Prospective purchasers should consider carefully the specific risk factors
set forth below before determining whether to purchase the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby.
LEVERAGE
Ivex is, and immediately following the Offerings will remain, significantly
leveraged. As set forth under "Capitalization," on a pro forma basis (assuming
completion of the Offerings and use of the proceeds thereof as set forth herein)
the Company would have had $ million of long-term indebtedness outstanding
(excluding current maturities) and stockholders' deficit of $ million as of
June 30, 1997. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture relating to the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes (the "Subordinated Note Indenture"), IPC will be able to
redeem any 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes that are not repurchased pursuant to the
Subordinated Note Offer on December 15, 1997. Any 13 1/4% Discount Debentures
remaining outstanding after completion of the Senior Debenture Offer will
continue to accrete in value until March 15, 2000, at which time the interest on
such debentures will become payable currently in cash. The Company's future
operating performance and ability to service or refinance its indebtedness will
be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other
factors, many of which are beyond its control, and consequently the Company may
be unable to service all of its debt in the future. There can be no assurance
that the Company's future operating performance and the availability under the
Company's New Credit Facility will be sufficient to service such indebtedness or
that the Company will be able to refinance its indebtedness in whole or in part.
The Subordinated Note Indenture and the indenture relating to the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures (the "13 1/4% Discount Indenture") contain, and the New
Credit Facility is expected to contain, covenants imposing certain operating and
financial restrictions. The covenants under the New Credit Facility are expected
to limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness by IPC
and its subsidiaries, the payment by IPC of dividends or other distributions to
the Company, the redemption of capital stock of IPC or the making of other
restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, the use of proceeds from the
disposal of assets, the
11
<PAGE> 14
incurrence of liens, and the merger, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all the assets of IPC. In addition, the New Credit Facility is
expected to require IPC to maintain specified financial ratios and levels,
including those relating to cash flow, net worth and maximum leverage. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility." The 13 1/4%
Discount Indenture contains certain similar operating and financial restrictions
and will continue to contain such restrictions if the consent solicitation with
respect to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures is not successful. The ability of IPC
to comply with the covenants contained in the New Credit Facility and the
ability of the Company to comply with the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture will depend
on, among other things, IPC's future performance, which will, in part, be
subject to prevailing economic, financial and business factors beyond IPC's
control. The Company's or IPC's failure to comply with such financial provisions
could result in a default under these agreements, which if not cured or waived,
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility" and "-- The 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures."
The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Common Stock, including the following: (i) the
Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other
purposes may be limited; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow
from operations will be dedicated to the payment of the principal of and
interest on its existing indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for
operations; (iii) the agreements governing the Company's long-term indebtedness
and bank loans contain, and the New Credit Facility is expected to contain,
certain restrictive covenants, including certain covenants that limit the
payment of dividends and other distributions by IPC to the Company, and the
13 1/4% Discount Indenture contains, and will continue to contain if the consent
solicitation with respect to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures is not successful,
certain restrictive covenants, including covenants that limit the ability of the
Company to pay dividends and to make other distributions to its stockholders;
(iv) borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be at floating rates of
interest, causing the Company to be vulnerable to increases in interest rates;
and (v) the Company's substantial degree of leverage could make it more
vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions. The Company's ability
to make scheduled payments of the principal of or interest on, or to refinance,
its indebtedness will depend on its future operating performance and cash flow,
which are subject to prevailing economic conditions, primarily interest rate
levels and financial, competitive, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond its control. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
VOLATILITY OF RAW MATERIAL PRICING
Styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl
chloride and polyethylene terephthelate are the basic raw materials used in the
manufacture of most of Consumer Packaging's plastic products. The prices of
these raw materials are a function of, among other things, the manufacturing
capacity for such raw materials and the price for the petrochemical feed stocks
of such materials. Similarly, the prices for virgin pulp and recycled fiber
which are the basic raw materials used directly in the manufacture of many of
the Company's specialty kraft papers and indirectly in the manufacture of many
of Consumer Packaging's and Industrial Packaging's paper packaging products, are
a function of, among other things, pulp manufacturing capacity, the price for
pulp wood and wood chips and the price for old corrugated containers ("OCC"),
double-lined kraft ("DLK") and other recycled paper materials. In the event of
cost increases for raw materials, failure to achieve corresponding sales price
increases in a timely manner, sales price erosion without a corresponding
reduction in raw material costs or failure to renegotiate favorable raw material
supply contracts could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
HISTORICAL LOSSES
Although the Company had net income of $8.7 million in 1996, the Company
has experienced substantial net losses in the past, principally as a result of
the significant interest charges, certain non-cash goodwill write-offs and other
nonrecurring charges. These net losses were $9.3 million and $24.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
12
<PAGE> 15
CYCLICAL DEMAND FOR THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS
Demand and pricing for certain of Industrial Packaging's protective
packaging products and specialty papers are cyclical in nature and are subject
to general economic conditions that affect market demand. Demand for paper has
historically corresponded to changes in the rate of growth in the U.S. economy
and demand for protective packaging is driven by trends in the building,
construction, automotive and durable goods markets. Growth in the U.S. economy
generally stimulates demand for these products. Conversely, a weakening in the
U.S. economy tends to decrease demand for these products, thereby adversely
affecting the Company's profitability and its ability to satisfy its debt
service obligations. Consequently, adverse economic conditions could have a
material adverse effect on the condition of the Company.
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. The
Company's competitors range from the largest packaging companies in the U.S. to
small, emerging companies. Many of the companies that compete with the Company
have greater financial and other resources than the Company, while others are
significantly smaller with lower fixed costs and greater operating flexibility.
See "Business -- Competition."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GROWTH STRATEGY
The Company's future growth will depend in part on additional acquisitions
of plastic and paper packaging businesses. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to locate or acquire other suitable acquisition candidates
on acceptable terms or that the Company will be able to fund future acquisitions
because of limitations contained in its instruments and agreements governing its
indebtedness or otherwise. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." In
pursuing its strategy of growth through acquisitions, the Company will face
risks including difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the
acquired businesses, disruption of the Company's ongoing business, dissipation
of the Company's limited management resources, and impairment of relationships
with employees and customers of the acquired business as a result of changes in
ownership and management. Moreover, additional indebtedness incurred to make
acquisitions could adversely affect the Company's liquidity and financial
stability, and the issuance of Common Stock to effect acquisitions could result
in dilution to the Company's stockholders.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS PERTAINING TO THE COMPANY
The past and present business operations of the Company and the past and
present ownership and operations of real property by the Company are subject to
extensive and changing federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and
regulations pertaining to the discharge of materials into the environment, the
handling and disposition of wastes (including solid and hazardous wastes) or
otherwise relating to protection of the environment. The Company is currently
involved with environmental remediation and on-going maintenance at certain of
its facilities and from time to time is involved in regulatory proceedings and
inquiries relating to compliance with environmental laws and permits and other
environmental matters. In the future, the Company may be identified as a
potentially responsible party ("PRP") and be subject to liability under
applicable law. No assurance can be given that additional environmental issues
relating to the presently known matters or identified sites or to other sites or
matters related to the Company or to regulatory proceedings or inquiries will
not require future expenditures. Various federal, state, local and foreign
regulatory authorities from time to time have considered enacting and, on a
number of occasions, have enacted, legislation regarding solid waste disposal,
packaging recovery, recycling requirements and the use and content of plastic
packaging. There can be no assurance that such legislation will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Environmental Matters
and Business Regulation."
LIMITATION ON USE OF NET OPERATING LOSSES
As of December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $76 million of net
operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards available to be used to offset income.
Section 382 ("Section 382") of the Internal Revenue
13
<PAGE> 16
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), imposes limitations on a corporation's
ability to use NOL carryforwards if the corporation experiences a
more-than-50-percent ownership change over a three-year testing period. In
general, if such an ownership change occurs, Section 382 limits the amount of
NOL carried over from pre-ownership change years that can be used in any one
post-change year to an amount equal to the product of the value of the
corporation's stock (with certain adjustments) at the time of the change
multiplied by an interest rate determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") for the month of the change.
The Company expects that the Offerings, together with the conversion of the
IPC Options, will result in a more-than-50% ownership change for purposes of
Section 382, resulting in the imposition of Section 382 limitations on the use
of the Company's NOL carryforwards existing as of the date of the ownership
change. In addition, Ivex expects to have a significant NOL attributable to the
period after such ownership change resulting from certain one-time charges
expected to be incurred as a result of the refinancing transactions described
herein. Consequently, if another more-than-50% ownership change takes place
after the consummation of the Offerings, such ownership change could result in
the imposition of Section 382 limitations on such NOL.
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
The Company conducts business through IPC and IPC's subsidiaries and has no
operations of its own. The primary asset of the Company is the capital stock of
IPC. The Company has no cash flow other than from dividends and other
distributions from IPC. The right of the Company to participate in any
distribution of earnings or assets of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries is subject to
the prior claims of the creditors of IPC and such subsidiaries. In addition, the
agreements governing the Company's long-term indebtedness and bank loans
contain, and the New Credit Facility is expected to contain, certain restrictive
covenants, including certain covenants that limit IPC's ability to pay dividends
or make other distributions to the Company. The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture also
restricts the ability of the Company to pay dividends, unless such provisions
are amended or waived. In addition, under Delaware law, IPC is permitted to pay
cash dividends to the Company only (i) out of IPC's capital surplus (the excess
of net assets over stated capital) or (ii) out of the net income of IPC for the
fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
Immediately following the Offerings and the conversion of the IPC Options,
assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of
the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof), the Selling Stockholder and certain related investors will beneficially
own shares of Common Stock ( %) ( % assuming the Underwriters'
over-allotment options are exercised in full), and certain officers of the
Company will beneficially own shares of Common Stock ( %) ( % if the
Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full) and options
exercisable into shares of Common Stock. If these stockholders were to
vote all of their shares in the same manner, they may have sufficient voting
power to determine the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter
submitted to the stockholders for a vote, including the election of directors,
mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the Company's
assets and preventing or causing a change of control of Ivex. See "Principal
Stockholders."
In addition, in connection with the Offerings, the Selling Stockholder and
certain related investors and the officers of the Company intend to enter into a
Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") pursuant to which the
parties thereto would agree to vote all of their outstanding shares of Common
Stock, for so long as they own such shares, for the nominees to the Board of
Directors proposed according to the terms thereof. See "Principal
Stockholders -- Stockholders Agreement."
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Amended Certificate") and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the "Amended By-Laws")
are expected to contain certain provisions that may have the effect of
discouraging, delaying or making more difficult a change in control of the
Company or preventing the removal of incumbent directors even if a majority of
the Company's stockholders were to deem such an attempt to be in the best
interest of the Company. Among other things, the Amended Certificate is
14
<PAGE> 17
expected to provide for a classified Board of Directors and to allow the Board
of Directors to issue up to shares of preferred stock and fix the
rights, privileges and preferences of those shares without any further vote or
action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be
subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any
preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Any such issuance of shares of
preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third
party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. In
addition, the Amended By-Laws, among other things, are expected to limit the
manner in which directors may be nominated by stockholders and limit the manner
in which proposals may be made at stockholder meetings. The Company is also
subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("Delaware GCL"),
which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the
Company. To the extent that these provisions discourage takeover attempts, they
could deprive stockholders of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for
their shares or could depress the market price of the Common Stock. See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Certain Charter and By-Law Provisions" and
"-- Certain Statutory Provisions."
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
Prior to the Offerings, there has not been any public market for the Common
Stock. Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on under
the symbol " ". There can be no assurance, however, that an active public
market will develop or be sustained for the Common Stock or that investors in
the Common Stock will be able to resell their shares of Common Stock at or above
the initial public offering price. If a public market develops for the Common
Stock, future trading prices of such securities will depend on many factors,
including, among other things, the Company's results of operations and the
market for similar securities. The trading price of the Common Stock could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to the Company's quarterly operating
results, changes in earnings estimates by analysts or general market or economic
conditions. The initial public offering price will be determined through
negotiations between Ivex and the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the
market price for the Common Stock after the Offerings. See "Underwriting." Also,
imposes certain minimum financial conditions to determine whether a
company's shares may continue to be listed on and the Company's failure to
comply with such requirements could result in the removal of the Company's
shares from listing on .
RESTRICTIONS ON THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to fund the
development and growth of its business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore,
does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In
addition, the New Credit Facility is expected to contain restrictions on the
ability of IPC to make distributions to the Company to allow the Company to pay
dividends, and the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture restricts, unless amended, the
ability of the Company to pay cash dividends. See "The Refinancing."
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offerings (assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment
options are exercised in full) shares of the Common Stock will be
outstanding. Of such shares, the shares sold in the Offerings will be
freely tradeable by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company without
restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock or the
availability of such shares in the public markets could adversely affect
prevailing market prices for the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
DILUTION AND TANGIBLE NET WORTH DEFICIENCY
The deficit in net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1997 was
$164.7 million or $ per share. Based upon an assumed offering price of
$ per share (the mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering
price set forth on the cover page hereof), purchasers of the Common Stock
offered hereby will experience an immediate dilution in net tangible book value
of $ per share of the Common Stock purchased as a result of the purchase of
their shares at such price and the issuance of shares of Common Stock
to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options concurrently
with the
15
<PAGE> 18
closing of the Offerings. See "Dilution." After giving pro forma effect to the
Offerings as if they had occurred on June 30, 1997, the Company would have had a
tangible net worth deficiency of $ million.
NONRECURRING CHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS
The Company expects to realize significant one-time charges in connection
with the consummation of the Offerings, including $ million in connection with
the non-cash write-off of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and $
million of cash expense for prepayment costs paid in connection with the
repurchase of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures. Also, the Company expects to realize $ million of executive
compensation charges in connection with the Company's conversion, pursuant to
the Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1996, of certain key executives' stock options which are exercisable
for shares of IPC's common stock (the "IPC Options") into
newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock and newly issued stock options
exercisable for shares of the Company's Common Stock. In addition, the
executive compensation charge will include the accrual of management
compensation expense associated with the Company's reimbursement on a grossed-up
basis of future interest payable on the loans advanced to members of management
by the Company in order to pay the taxes payable in connection with the
conversion of the IPC Options. These one-time charges are not reflected in the
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data for fiscal year 1996 or for
the six months ended June 30, 1997. These one-time charges are reflected as an
increase to stockholders' deficit in the Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as
of June 30, 1997 included elsewhere herein. See "Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data" and "Management -- Executive Compensation."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company (after deducting the underwriting discount
and estimated expenses) from the sale of the Common Stock in the Offerings are
estimated to be approximately $ million ($ million assuming the Underwriters'
over-allotment options are exercised in full) assuming an initial public
offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the range for the estimated
public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof). The Company intends
to use the proceeds of the Offerings to retire all or a portion of the $
million aggregate principal amount ($ million accreted value) of 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures. See "The Refinancing." The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures
mature on March 15, 2005 and accrete in value at the rate of 13 1/4% per year
until March 15, 2000, at which time the interest on such debentures will become
payable in cash at the rate of 13 1/4% per annum. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- 13 1/4% Discount Debentures." In the event the net proceeds of
the Offerings exceed the aggregate amount required to repurchase the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures pursuant to the Senior Debenture Offer, any such excess
proceeds will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to fund the
development and growth of its businesses and to repay indebtedness, and,
therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. The Company's principal source of cash from which to make dividend
payments will be dividends distributed by IPC. The New Credit Facility is
expected to contain provisions that limit the ability of IPC to pay dividends
and make distributions to the Company, and the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture,
unless amended, restricts the ability of the Company to pay cash dividends and
make other distributions to its stockholders. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." Any future determination to declare and pay dividends will be
made by the Board of Directors of the Company in light of the Company's
earnings, financial position, capital requirements, credit agreements and such
other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. Under Delaware law, the
Company is permitted to pay cash dividends to its stockholders only (i) out of
its capital surplus (the excess of net assets over its stated capital) or (ii)
out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared
and/or the preceding fiscal year.
16
<PAGE> 19
DILUTION
The deficit in net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1997
was $164.7 million or $ per share. Deficit in net tangible book value per
share of Common Stock is determined by dividing the net tangible book value of
the Company (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share (the mid-point of the range for the estimated public
offering price set forth on the cover page hereof), the application of the
estimated net proceeds thereof, as described in "Use of Proceeds," and the
issuance of shares of Common Stock to management in connection with
the conversion of the IPC Options, the pro forma deficit in net tangible book
value of the Company at June 30, 1997 would have been $ million, or $
per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net
tangible book value of $ per share to purchasers in the Offerings. Dilution
to purchasers in the Offerings is determined by subtracting net tangible book
value per share, after giving effect to the Offerings and the issuance of shares
of Common Stock to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC
Options, from an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the
mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof). The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share
basis as of June 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed public offering price per share..................... $
Deficit in net tangible book value per share before the
Offerings................................................. $
Increase per share attributable to purchasing stockholders
and shares issued to management...........................
--------
Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share after
the Offerings.............................................
--------
Dilution per share to purchasing stockholders............... $
========
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid and the average price paid per share by the existing
stockholders and the purchasers in the Offerings:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE
---------------- ----------------------- PRICE
NUMBER % AMOUNT % PER SHARE
------ - ------ - ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing stockholders(1)................. % $ (2) % $ (2)
Purchasing stockholders.................. $
------- ----- ------------ -----
Total............................... 100.0% $ 100.0%
======= ===== ============ =====
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Total shares outstanding for existing stockholders include shares of
Common Stock issued to management in connection with the conversion of the
IPC Options and total consideration for existing stockholders includes
$ related to management compensation associated with such conversion.
(2) Total consideration includes $84.1 million of paid-in-kind interest and
dividends on securities issued by the Company that were exchanged for shares
of Common Stock in 1992 and 1993. Excluding this $84.1 million of
paid-in-kind interest and dividends, the average price paid for the shares
would have been $ .
17
<PAGE> 20
THE REFINANCING
The Offerings are a component of a comprehensive refinancing strategy of
the Company to significantly lower its interest expense, strengthen its balance
sheet and provide financial flexibility to enable Ivex to continue to pursue
investment opportunities. As part of this refinancing, IPC is in the process of
negotiating the New Credit Facility that will refinance its Existing Credit
Facility. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the Offerings together with
borrowings under the New Credit Facility to refinance substantially all of its
existing indebtedness.
Specifically, IPC presently intends to use approximately $ million of the
funds to be provided under the New Credit Facility to retire the entire $158
million aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes plus
approximately $ million of premiums and $ million of accrued interest
(assuming the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are purchased ,
1997) pursuant to the Subordinated Note Offer. The Company presently intends to
use the proceeds of the Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit Facility
to retire all or a portion of the $160 million aggregate principal amount ($
million accreted value assuming the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are purchased
, 1997) of its 13 1/4% Discount Debentures plus approximately $
million of premiums pursuant to the Senior Debenture Offer. The offer prices and
other terms and conditions of the Offers have not yet been determined by the
Company. See "Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data -- Pro
Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations."
The New Credit Facility is expected to provide for IPC to borrow up to $475
million principal amount at variable interest rates. On a pro forma basis at
June 30, 1997, the Company expects IPC to borrow approximately $ million under
the New Credit Facility to (i) refinance $ million outstanding under the
revolving credit portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) refinance $
million outstanding under the term loan portion of the Existing Credit Facility,
(iii) apply approximately $ million to the acquisition of the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, and (iv) pay
approximately $ million of fees associated with these transactions. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility,"
"Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."
18
<PAGE> 21
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth (i) the actual consolidated capitalization
of the Company as of June 30, 1997, and (ii) the consolidated capitalization of
the Company as adjusted to reflect the transactions contemplated hereby. This
presentation should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
-------------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)
---------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Current maturities of long-term debt........................ $ 8,012 $ (2)
========= ========
Long-term debt:
Revolving credit portion under the Existing Credit
Facility............................................... $ 49,200 (2)
Term loans under the Existing Credit Facility............. 45,625 (2)
New Credit Facility....................................... $ (2)
Industrial revenue bonds.................................. 37,623
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes................................ 157,395 (3)
13 1/4% Discount Debentures............................... 113,095
Other debt................................................ 1,674 (3)
--------- --------
Total long-term debt................................. 404,612
--------- --------
Stockholders' deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par value --
shares authorized; and ,
( , pro forma) shares issued and
outstanding............................................ 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (300,879) (4)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (899) ()
--------- --------
Total stockholders' deficit.......................... (124,392) ()
--------- --------
Total capitalization........................................ $ 280,220 $
========= ========
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock
by the Company hereby (assuming net proceeds of $ ) (ii) the
issuance of shares to management in connection with the conversion of the
IPC Options and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility and the
anticipated use of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and
borrowings had occurred on June 30, 1997.
(2) Reflects borrowings of $ under the New Credit Facility and the
refinancing of $ of term loans and $ of the revolving
credit under the Existing Credit Facility.
(3) Reflects the repurchase of $ principal amount of the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes and $ accreted value (approximately $
principal amount) of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. See "The Refinancing."
(4) Includes a non-cash extraordinary expense of approximately $ (net
of tax) for the write-off of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and
a cash extraordinary expense of $ (net of tax) for prepayment costs
paid in connection with the repurchase of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also includes a non-cash nonrecurring
management compensation charge of approximately $ (net of tax) in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options and the accrual of
management compensation expense associated with the Company's reimbursement
on a grossed-up basis of future interest payable on the loans advanced to
members of management by the Company in order to pay the income taxes
payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. See
"Management -- Executive Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."
19
<PAGE> 22
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data on the following pages
give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the periods presented below for purposes of the
statements of operations, and as of June 30, 1997, for purposes of the balance
sheet data. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data do not reflect
the Company's actual results of operations or financial position had the
transactions contemplated hereby been consummated on the dates assumed. The pro
forma results of operations for the period ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. This
unaudited data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial
statements and the notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
----------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1)(4) PRO FORMA
---------- ----------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales......................................... $451,807 $
Gross profit...................................... 100,383
Selling and administrative........................ 47,462
Amortization of intangibles....................... 621
-------- -------- --------
Income from operations............................ 52,300
Interest expense.................................. 42,732 $ (2)
-------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes........................ 9,568
Income tax provision.............................. (900) (3)
-------- -------- --------
Income before extraordinary item.................. $ 8,668 $ $
======== ======== ========
Income before extraordinary item per share........ $ $
======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1)(4) PRO FORMA
---------- ----------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales......................................... $264,034 $
Gross profit...................................... 56,361
Selling and administrative........................ 29,467
Amortization of intangibles....................... 512
-------- -------- --------
Income from operations............................ 26,382
Interest expense.................................. 22,805 $ (2)
-------- -------- --------
Income before income taxes........................ 3,577
Income tax provision.............................. (890) (3)
-------- -------- --------
Income before extraordinary item.................. $ 2,687 $ $
======== ======== ========
Income before extraordinary item per share........ $ $
======== ========
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock
by the Company hereby (assuming net proceeds of $ ), (ii) the
issuance of shares to management in connection with the conversion of the
IPC Options and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility, and the
anticipated use of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such
issuances and borrowings had occurred at the beginning of the periods
presented. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments reflect the refinancing of
the Existing Credit Facility, the repurchase of $ principal amount
of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and $ accreted
20
<PAGE> 23
value (approximately $ principal amount) of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures. See "The Refinancing."
(2) Represents the adjustment of interest expense, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Estimated interest on the New Credit Facility at a
weighted average interest expense of %............ $ $
Elimination of interest on the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes...............................................
Elimination of interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures..........................................
Elimination of interest on the Existing Credit
Facility............................................
Non-cash amortization of new deferred financing
costs...............................................
Elimination of amortization of existing deferred
financing costs.....................................
Interest income on management note receivable (at
%)...............................................
-------- --------
Net change in interest expense........................ $ $
======== ========
</TABLE>
(3) The Company's income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been adjusted to reflect a 40%
effective tax rate on pro forma taxable income.
(4) The pro forma statements of operations do not reflect net of tax non-cash
extraordinary expense of approximately $ and $ for
previously capitalized debt issuance costs during the year ended December
31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively, and net of
tax cash extraordinary expense of $ during both periods for
prepayment costs assumed to have been paid in connection with the repurchase
of 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also the pro
forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
six months ended June 30, 1997 do not include a net of tax non-cash
nonrecurring management compensation charge of approximately $ in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options and the accrual of
management compensation expense associated with the Company's reimbursement
on a grossed-up basis of future interest payable on the loans advanced to
members of management by the Company in order to pay the income taxes
payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. See
"Management -- Executive Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."
21
<PAGE> 24
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1) PRO FORMA
---------- -------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 8,345 $
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance.......... 67,068
Inventories.......................................... 53,506
Prepaid expenses and other........................... 6,327
--------- -------- --------
Total current assets.............................. 135,246
--------- -------- --------
Property, plant and equipment, net..................... 190,767
--------- -------- --------
Other assets:
Goodwill............................................. 30,115
Miscellaneous........................................ 14,514 $ (3)(2)
--------- -------- --------
Total other assets................................ 44,629
--------- -------- --------
Total assets...................................... $ 370,642 $ $
========= ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt............... $ 8,012 $ (4) $
Accounts payable..................................... 35,795
Accrued salary and wages............................. 6,730
Self insurance reserves.............................. 6,650
Accrued rebates and discounts........................ 3,559
Accrued interest..................................... 1,567
Other accrued expenses............................... 12,733
--------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities......................... 75,046
--------- -------- --------
Long-term debt......................................... 404,612 (4)
--------- -------- --------
Other long-term liabilities............................ 4,894
--------- -------- --------
Deferred income taxes.................................. 10,482
--------- -------- --------
Commitments............................................
--------- -------- --------
Stockholders' deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par
value shares authorized; and
( , pro forma) shares issued and
outstanding....................................... 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value................. 177,375
Accumulated deficit.................................... (300,879) (5)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................ (899)
--------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' deficit....................... (124,392)
--------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit....... $ 370,642 $ $
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock
by the Company hereby (assuming net proceeds of $ ) (ii) the issuance
of shares to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options
and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility and the anticipated use
of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and
borrowings had occurred on June 30, 1997.
(2) Reflects the issuance of a note receivable due from certain key executives
to pay income taxes associated with the conversion of the IPC Options.
22
<PAGE> 25
(3) Reflects the write-off of $ of previously capitalized debt issuance
costs and the capitalization of $ of deferred financing costs
associated with the consummation of the New Credit Facility and the Offers.
(4) Reflects borrowings of $ under the New Credit Facility and the
refinancing of $ of term loans and $ of the revolving credit
under the Existing Credit Facility. Reflects the repurchase of $
principal amount of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and $ accreted
value (approximately $ principal amount) of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures. See "Refinancing."
(5) Includes a non-cash extraordinary expense of approximately $ (net of
tax) for the write-off of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and a
cash extraordinary expense of $ (net of tax) for prepayment costs paid
in connection with the repurchase of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also includes a non-cash nonrecurring
management compensation charge of approximately $ (net of tax) in
connection with conversion of the IPC Options and the accrual of management
compensation expense associated with the Company's reimbursement on a
grossed-up basis of future interest payable on the loans advanced to members
of management by the Company in order to pay the income taxes payable in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. See "Management --
Executive Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
23
<PAGE> 26
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data presented below for, and
as of the end of, each of the years in the five year period ended December 31,
1996, are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
audited financial statements of the Company. The data as of and for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the consolidated unaudited
interim financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to
present fairly the data for such periods. The financial data of Ivex reflect the
following acquisitions as of the respective acquisition dates: PPI as of
September 11, 1995; Plastofilm as of August 16, 1996; Trio as of September 11,
1996; the European OPS Business as of January 17, 1997; and M&R as of February
21, 1997. The following summary selected consolidated financial data do not
reflect the impact of any pro forma adjustments for the transactions
contemplated hereby.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales........................ $367,649 $ 366,851 $ 390,975 $ 451,569 $ 451,807 $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Gross profit..................... 74,076 72,213 74,271 85,160 100,383 45,775 56,361
Selling and administrative....... 38,502 39,274 41,662 42,567 47,462 22,132 29,467
Amortization of intangibles(1)... 12,266 4,372 1,140 1,904 621 258 512
Write-off of goodwill(1)......... 113,859 13,471
Acquisition related expense(2)... 1,100
Restructuring and special
charges(3)..................... 4,350 4,960
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations.... 23,308 (90,742) 31,469 22,258 52,300 23,385 26,382
Interest expense................. 46,426 37,179 39,820 43,270 42,732 21,221 22,805
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes
and extraordinary item......... (23,118) (127,921) (8,351) (21,012) 9,568 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision............. (1,722) (1,177) (942) (1,113) (900) (440) (890)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item............. (24,840) (129,098) (9,293) (22,125) 8,668 1,724 2,687
Extraordinary item(4)............ (5,532) (2,359)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)................ $(30,372) $(129,098) $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668 $ 1,724 $ 2,687
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Earnings (loss) per share(5):
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item........... $ $ $ $ $ $
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income (loss).............. $ $ $ $ $ $
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
EBIT (6)......................... $ 28,597 $ 28,567 $ 31,469 $ 41,828 $ 52,300 $ 23,385 $ 26,382
Depreciation and
amortization(1)................ 30,931 137,837 22,189 35,871 22,724 11,303 13,290
EBITDA (7)....................... 54,239 52,545 53,658 63,089 75,024 34,688 39,672
Capital expenditures............. 12,820 9,528 16,769 19,385 17,633 7,996 10,984
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital(8)............... $ 28,451 $ 34,729 $ 32,853 $ 38,090 $ 32,539 $ 39,885 $ 60,200
Total assets..................... 423,051 297,674 304,246 294,911 315,901 289,476 370,642
Long-term debt................... 278,369 330,201 330,768 353,717 352,893 349,850 404,612
Redeemable preferred stock....... 50,313
Shareholders' equity (deficit)... 23,899 (101,579) (111,266) (136,332) (127,344) (134,608) (124,392)
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill of $13,471 and the
accelerated non-cash write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill totaling $113,859.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1992 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of non-compete agreements and a patent
totaling $5,289.
(2) Acquisition related expense totaling $1,100 was incurred during 1993 in
connection with an acquisition attempt.
24
<PAGE> 27
(3) Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with IPC's special incentive agreement
with certain executive officers, $1,950 of costs related to an attempted
initial public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760
associated with a donation of certain land to the Village of Chagrin Falls,
Ohio. Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1993 include
restructuring and special charges of $4,350, reflecting a $1,500 non-cash
write-down of certain property held for sale and costs of $2,850 related to
the reorganization of the Consumer Packaging product group, which include,
among other things, severance, transition and relocation expenses.
(4) In connection with the 1995 refinancing of IPC's credit facility, the
Company wrote off deferred financing costs of $2,359. In connection with the
1992 12 1/2% Subordinated Note offering, the Company wrote off deferred
financing costs of $5,977, net of a tax benefit of $445.
(5) The earnings (loss) per share amounts give effect to the Company's -for-1
stock split effective immediately prior to the Offerings. A loss per share
amount has not been presented for 1992 since the Company's combined
financial statement presentation and capital structure precluded meaningful
equivalent per share calculations.
(6) EBIT includes income from operations adjusted to exclude goodwill write-off,
acquisition related expenses and restructuring and special charges. In
addition, EBIT for the year ended December 31, 1995 excludes the accelerated
write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139 and for the year ended
December 31, 1992 excludes the accelerated write-off of non-compete
agreements and a patent totaling $5,289. Ivex believes that EBIT provides
additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, EBIT is not a defined term under GAAP.
(7) EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude depreciation and
amortization expenses, goodwill write-off, acquisition related expenses and
restructuring and special charges. Ivex believes that EBITDA provides
additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP and
is not indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations as
determined under GAAP.
(8) Working capital is determined to be the excess of current assets over
current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt).
25
<PAGE> 28
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The following discussion addresses the information and financial data
contained in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."
The Company is the sole stockholder of its operating subsidiary, IPC. The
Company is a holding company with no operations of its own and is dependent on
the operating cash flow of IPC and its subsidiaries in order to pay principal
and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual obligations to
distribute any such cash flow to the Company. References to Ivex or the Company
herein reflect the consolidated results of Ivex Packaging Corporation.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
Net Sales
The Company's net sales increased by 25.5% during the six months ended June
30, 1997 over the Company's net sales during the corresponding period in 1996
primarily as a result of incremental sales volume associated with the recently
completed acquisitions (including Plastofilm, Trio, the European OPS Business
and M&R) and significantly increased volume of extruded sheet and film. The
following table sets forth information with respect to net sales of the
Company's product groups for the periods presented:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------------------------
JUNE 30, % OF JUNE 30, % OF
1996 NET SALES 1997 NET SALES
-------- --------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging..................... $103,495 49.2 $152,914 57.9
Industrial Packaging................... 106,948 50.8 111,120 42.1
-------- ----- -------- -----
Total............................. $210,443 100.0 $264,034 100.0
======== ===== ======== =====
</TABLE>
Consumer Packaging net sales increased by 47.8% during the six months ended
June 30, 1997 from the corresponding period in 1996 primarily due to incremental
sales volume associated with the recently completed acquisitions, increased unit
sales volume of extruded OPS sheet and film and increased sales of converted
plastic and paper products. The increase in net sales was partially offset by
decreased average selling price of OPS sheet and film. During the six months
ended June 30, 1997, domestic production of extruded OPS sheet in pounds
increased 18.7% while the average selling price per pound decreased 2.4% from
the corresponding period in 1996. Sales of extruded OPS film in pounds increased
32.5% during the first six months of 1997 and the average selling price per
pound decreased 6.2% from the corresponding period in 1996. Sales of converted
plastic and paper products, excluding the sales relating to the newly acquired
facilities, increased 8.0% during the six months ended June 30, 1997 over the
corresponding period in 1996 primarily due to new product introductions in the
supermarket and agricultural market segments.
Industrial Packaging net sales increased by 3.9% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 from the corresponding period in 1996, primarily due to
increased unit volume of the Company's protective masking products and increased
average selling price of the Company's recycled and specialty papers. The
increase in net sales was partially offset by a decrease in volume of the
Company's coated paper for stamp applications and decreased unit volume of the
Company's recycled and specialty paper. The average net selling price of the
Company's recycled and specialty paper increased 10.8% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 compared to the corresponding period in the prior year.
However, the number of tons of recycled and specialty paper sold during the
period decreased 4.9% compared to the corresponding period in 1996.
Gross Profit
The Company's gross profit increased 23.1% during the six months ended June
30, 1997 compared to the corresponding period in the prior year primarily as a
result of the incremental effects of newly acquired
26
<PAGE> 29
facilities and increased sales volume. The increased gross profit was partially
offset by decreased margins in the Company's recycled and specialty paper
operations due to market conditions and decreased profitability of the Company's
polymerization operations. Gross profit margin was 21.3% and 21.8% during the
six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Operating Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses increased 33.1% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 primarily as a result of the recently completed
acquisitions. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses
increased to 11.2% during the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to 10.5%
during the same period in the prior year primarily due to the higher selling and
administrative expenses at Plastofilm and Industrial Packaging.
Amortization of intangibles increased 98.4% during the six months ended
June 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996 as a result of increased
goodwill and non-compete agreement amortization associated with the recently
completed acquisitions.
Income from Operations
Income from operations was $26.4 million during the six months ended June
30, 1997 compared to income from operations of $23.4 million during the six
months ended June 30, 1996. The increase in income from operations is primarily
a result of the recently completed acquisitions and increased volume of extruded
OPS sheet and film during the six months ended June 30, 1997. Operating margin
was 10.0% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to operating margin of
11.1% during the six months ended June 30, 1996. The decrease in operating
margin is primarily due to the increased selling and administrative expenses as
a percentage of net sales.
Interest Expense
Interest expense during the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $22.8
million compared to $21.2 million during the same period in 1996. The increase
reflects greater outstanding aggregate indebtedness during 1997 as a result of
accretion on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures and additional borrowings under the
Existing Credit Facility to finance the recently completed acquisitions. The
increase was partially offset by decreased interest rates on the Existing Credit
Facility.
Net Income
Net income was $2.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 1997
compared to net income of $1.7 million in the prior year. The increase in net
income during the first six months of 1997 is primarily due to increased income
from operations partially offset by higher interest expense.
EBITDA
EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude depreciation and
amortization expenses, goodwill write-off, acquisition related expenses and
restructuring charge. The Company believes that EBITDA provides additional
information for determining its ability to meet future debt service
requirements. However, EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP and is not
indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations as determined under
GAAP.
27
<PAGE> 30
The following table sets forth information with respect to EBITDA of the
Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
-------------------------------------------
JUNE 30, % OF JUNE 30, % OF
1996 NET SALES 1997 NET SALES
-------- --------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging....................... $19,167 18.5 $25,339 16.6
Industrial Packaging..................... 18,452 17.3 17,516 15.8
Corporate Expense........................ (2,931) -- (3,183) --
------- ---- ------- ----
Total............................... $34,688 16.5 $39,672 15.0
======= ==== ======= ====
</TABLE>
The Company's EBITDA increased 14.4% from $34.7 million to $39.7 million;
however, EBITDA margin decreased from 16.5% to 15.0% during the six months ended
June 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996. The 32.2%, or $6.2 million,
increase in Consumer Packaging's EBITDA during the six months ended June 30,
1997 is primarily attributable to the incremental EBITDA from the recently
completed acquisitions and to the increased sales of extruded sheet and film and
converted plastic and paper products. Consumer Packaging's increased EBITDA was
partially offset by the decreased profitability of the Company's polymerization
operations. The decrease in Industrial Packaging's EBITDA of 5.1%, or $936,000,
is primarily due to decreased gross profit associated with lower sales unit
volume of the Company's recycled and specialty paper and increased operating
expenses in the Company's protective masking business.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
Net Sales
The following table sets forth information with respect to net sales of the
Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------
% OF % OF % OF
1994 NET SALES 1995 NET SALES 1996 NET SALES
---- --------- ---- --------- ---- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging................. $189,089 48.4 $219,806 48.7 $234,584 51.9
Industrial Packaging............... 201,886 51.6 231,763 51.3 217,223 48.1
-------- ----- -------- ----- -------- -----
Total......................... $390,975 100.0 $451,569 100.0 $451,807 100.0
======== ===== ======== ===== ======== =====
</TABLE>
Consumer Packaging's net sales increased by 6.7% in 1996 from 1995 levels
and 16.2% in 1995 from 1994 levels. The increase in 1996 compared to the prior
year is the result of increased unit sales volume of extruded sheet and film and
the third quarter 1996 acquisitions of Plastofilm and Trio partially offset by a
decrease in average selling price of substantially all products (primarily
related to lower raw material costs during 1996). Near the end of 1995, Consumer
Packaging increased OPS extrusion capacity with the completion of a new
extrusion line in Manteno, Illinois. The increased capacity resulted in a 16.9%
increase in pounds of extruded sheet and film sold during 1996 over the prior
year. The increases in volume were partially offset by a decrease of 15.5% in
the average selling price per pound of OPS in 1996 compared to 1995 (primarily
related to lower raw material costs during 1996). Net sales of converted plastic
and paper products were consistent during 1996 compared to 1995 reflecting
slightly increased unit volume offset by decreased average selling price
(primarily related to lower raw material costs during 1996). The 1995 increase
from the prior year is the result of increased unit sales volume of extruded
sheet and film and increased selling prices of substantially all products
(primarily related to significantly higher raw material costs during 1995).
During the third quarter of 1994, Consumer Packaging increased OPS extrusion
capacity with the completion of a new extrusion line in Hazleton, Pennsylvania.
Principally as a result of this extrusion capacity expansion, pounds of extruded
sheet and film sold increased 15.4% during 1995 compared to 1994. Compared to
the prior year, the average selling price per pound of extruded sheet increased
12.7% during 1995. Net sales of converted plastic and paper products increased
7.9% during 1995, principally as a result of higher selling prices.
28
<PAGE> 31
Industrial Packaging's net sales decreased by 6.3% in 1996 from 1995 and
increased by 14.8% in 1995 from 1994. The decrease in 1996 from 1995 is
primarily attributable to a decrease in recycled and specialty lightweight paper
unit sales volume and average selling price and a significant decrease in net
sales of coated paper for stamp applications, partially offset by increased net
sales of protective packaging products. During 1996, the unit sales volume of
recycled and specialty lightweight paper sold decreased 9.1% and the average
selling price decreased 13.0% due to declining raw material costs and aggressive
competitive pricing in the industry. The 1996 decrease in net sales was
partially offset by increased net sales of protective packaging products
primarily associated with the third quarter 1995 acquisition of PPI and
increased net sales of masking and cohesive products for applications in the
automotive, housing and mail order industries. The increase in net sales in 1995
from 1994, in part, is due to the PPI acquisition and unit sales volume
increases of recycled paper and coated paper for stamp applications. The 1995
increase in net sales also is attributable to increases during 1995 in the
average selling prices (primarily related to significantly higher raw material
costs during 1995) in materials such as polyethylene, virgin pulp, OCC and DLK.
Gross Profit
The Company's gross profit increased 17.9% during 1996 compared to 1995
primarily as a result of the increased unit sales volume discussed above, the
increased profitability of the Company's converted plastic and converted paper
operations, the incremental effects of the Trio, Plastofilm and PPI acquisitions
and decreased raw material costs (including styrene monomer, polystyrene, OCC,
DLK and virgin pulp). These increases were offset, in part, by the decreased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations and specialty and
lightweight paper operations. Gross profit margin increased to 22.2% in 1996
from 18.9% in 1995. The gross profit margin increase during 1996 is primarily
attributable to cost decreases for certain of the Company's raw materials and
improved operational efficiencies as a result of greater unit volume of extruded
sheet and film.
The Company's gross profit increased 14.7% during 1995 compared to 1994
primarily as a result of the increased net sales discussed above and the
significantly increased profitability of the Company's polymerization
operations. However, gross profit margin decreased slightly to 18.9% in 1995
from 19.0% in 1994. The gross profit margin decrease during 1995 is primarily
attributable to significant cost increases for the Company's raw materials
(including styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, OCC, DLK and virgin
pulp). The decrease in the Company's gross profit margin was partially offset by
improved operational efficiencies as a result of greater unit volume of extruded
sheet and film and recycled paper and by the significantly increased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations due to, among other
things, the Company's favorable styrene monomer purchases during 1995.
Operating Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses increased 11.5% during 1996 compared to
the prior year and as a percentage of net sales increased to 10.5% during 1996
compared to 9.4% in 1995. The increase in selling and administrative expenses is
primarily attributable to the PPI, Plastofilm and Trio acquisitions. The
increase as a percentage of net sales is attributable to the decreases in the
Company's average selling price as discussed above.
Selling and administrative expenses increased 2.2% during 1995 compared to
the prior year but as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.4% in 1995
compared to 10.7% in 1994. The decrease as a percentage of net sales is
attributable to the significant increases in net sales dollars as discussed
above without a comparable increase in operating expenses and a cost reduction
plan implemented by management during the third quarter of 1994.
Amortization of intangibles decreased during 1996 as compared to 1995 and
increased in 1995 compared to 1994 as a result of the accelerated write-off of a
non-compete agreement of $1.1 million during 1995.
During 1995, the Company wrote off $13.5 million of the goodwill associated
with a portion of its Industrial Packaging businesses. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
29
<PAGE> 32
Results of Operations -- Results of Operations -- For the Years Ended December
31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 -- Goodwill Write-off."
The $5.0 million of special charges taken in 1995 is comprised of the
following: a $2.3 million charge associated with IPC's long-term special
incentive agreement with senior management; a $2.0 million charge associated
with the costs related to the Company's attempted public equity offering during
the fourth quarter of 1995; and a reduction of land value of $760,000 associated
with the Company's donation of a portion of its Chagrin Falls, Ohio paper mill
site to the Village of Chagrin Falls.
Goodwill Write-off
During 1995, a portion of the Industrial Packaging businesses (such portion
having been acquired primarily in the 1989 acquisition of L&CP Corporation) had
experienced less sales volume growth and lower profitability than anticipated.
As a consequence, and in response to dynamic market conditions, during the
second quarter of 1995 the Company realigned the management of these businesses
based on three distinct operating units -- masking, graphics and other
protective products.
Consistent with its accounting policy for goodwill and long-lived assets at
that time, the Company made a reassessment of its remaining goodwill, all of
which pertained to the above operating units, during the second quarter of 1995
and revised its projections to more accurately reflect expected future results.
The Company segregated the assets and cash flows of these three operating units
to the lowest level for which cash flows are identifiable and independent of one
another at that time. In order to evaluate its goodwill impairment, the Company
projected the cash flows allocable to these businesses over the estimated
remaining goodwill amortization periods of approximately 34 years. The Company
then discounted such cash flows at a rate which it believed was commensurate
with the risk involved. The Company selected a pre-tax weighted average cost of
capital (reflective of comparable companies within its industry) for purposes of
discounting its cash flows. The discounted cash flows of each business were then
compared to the sum of the business groups' working capital and net book value
of fixed assets. Impairment of goodwill was then measured by comparing the
remaining discounted cash flow to the net book value of the business groups'
goodwill. Upon comparison, the discounted cash flows for the graphics and other
protective products businesses were insufficient to recover each of such
businesses' goodwill. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment of $13.5
million during the second quarter of 1995.
The 1995 revised projections for this portion of the Company's business
were extrapolated from market conditions and competitive pressures existing at
that time and were based upon, among other things, the assumptions that growth
of operating income before depreciation and amortization would range from 2-6%
per year through 1999, from 1-3% per year from 2000-2010 and 0% per year from
2011-2029. The growth assumptions for the graphics and other protective products
businesses were lower than the masking business. The projections assumed that
capital expenditures would generally be consistent with depreciation over the
long term. The Company believes that its revised projections based on the June
1995 existing historic financial trends and market conditions were its best
estimate at that time of its future performance and that the Company's
performance at such projected levels will not substantially detract from the
Company's future earnings. However, there can be no assurances that such
estimates will be indicative of future results, which ultimately may be less
than or greater than these estimates.
Income from Operations
Income from operations and operating margin were $52.3 million and 11.6%,
respectively, during 1996, compared to $22.3 million and 4.9%, respectively,
during 1995 and $31.5 million and 8.0%, respectively, during 1994. The increase
in 1996 income from operations and operating margin compared to 1995 primarily
results from the $13.5 million goodwill write-off and $5.0 million of special
charges recorded during 1995. Without these special charges during 1995,
operating income and operating margin would have been $40.7 million and 9.0%,
respectively, in 1995. The increase in 1996 income from operations and operating
margin over 1995 income from operations and operating margin (before the 1995
write-off of goodwill and the special charges) was attributable to the improved
gross profit and gross profit margin discussed above. The 1995 decrease in
30
<PAGE> 33
income from operations and operating margin compared to 1994 is primarily due to
the write-off of goodwill and the special charges recorded during 1995. The
increase in 1995 operating income and margin (before the 1995 write-off of
goodwill and the special charges) compared to the 1994 operating income and
margin was attributable to the Company's increased gross profit and reduced
operating expenses as a percentage of net sales.
Interest Expense
Interest expense during 1996 was $42.7 million compared to $43.3 million
and $39.8 million during 1995 and 1994, respectively. The decrease in 1996 from
1995 primarily results from lower interest rates during 1996 as a result of the
Company's refinancing of the Existing Credit Facility during the fourth quarter
of 1995. The increase in 1995 from 1994 resulted from a larger amount of
outstanding indebtedness during 1995 as a result of accretion on the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures and increased borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility
which were primarily related to the Company's acquisition of the assets of PPI.
Income Taxes
The Company's tax provisions for 1996, 1995 and 1994 primarily reflect
provisions for federal alternative minimum tax and state taxes.
Extraordinary Item
The extraordinary item in 1995 reflects the write-off of deferred loan
costs of $2.4 million written off in connection with the refinancing of the
Existing Credit Facility.
Net Income/Loss
Net income was $8.7 million in 1996 compared to a net loss of $24.5 million
in 1995. The improved net income during 1996 is primarily the result of the
Company's improved gross profit during 1996 and the $13.5 million goodwill
write-off and $5.0 million of special charges recorded during 1995.
Net loss increased to $24.5 million in 1995 compared to $9.3 million in
1994. The $15.2 million increase in net loss during 1995 is primarily the result
of the write-off of goodwill and special charges recorded during 1995.
EBITDA
The following table sets forth information with respect to EBITDA of the
Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------
% OF % OF % OF
1994 NET SALES 1995 NET SALES 1996 NET SALES
---- --------- ---- --------- ---- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging.................... $34,506 18.2 $36,954 16.8 $43,776 18.7
Industrial Packaging.................. 25,695 12.7 31,744 13.7 37,694 17.4
Corporate Expense..................... (6,543) -- (5,609) -- (6,446) --
------- ------- -------
Total............................ $53,658 13.7 $63,089 14.0 $75,024 16.6
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The Company's EBITDA increased by $11.9 million to $75.0 million in 1996,
an EBITDA margin of 16.6%, compared to 1995 EBITDA of $63.1 million and an
EBITDA margin of 14.0%. The increase in Consumer Packaging's EBITDA during 1996
is primarily attributable to the increased gross profit associated with the
extruded sheet and film volume increases, improved operating performance of
converted plastic and paper operations, and incremental EBITDA from Plastofilm.
Such increases were partially offset by decreased profitability of the Company's
polymerization operations. The increase in Industrial Packaging's EBITDA during
1996 is primarily the result of the incremental EBITDA from PPI and the improved
sales volume of
31
<PAGE> 34
protective packaging products. Corporate expenses increased 14.9% from $5.6
million to $6.4 million primarily as the result of increased incentive
compensation.
The Company's EBITDA increased by $9.4 million to $63.1 million in 1995, an
EBITDA margin of 14.0%, compared to 1994 EBITDA of $53.7 million and an EBITDA
margin of 13.7%. The increase in Consumer Packaging's EBITDA during 1995 is
primarily attributable to the increased gross profit associated with the
extruded sheet and film volume increases and significantly increased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations. The increase in
Industrial Packaging's EBITDA during 1995 is primarily the result of the
increased unit sales of recycled kraft paper and the incremental EBITDA from PPI
during the fourth quarter of 1995. Corporate expense decreased 14.3% from $6.5
million to $5.6 million as a result of cost improvement actions taken by the
Company in the third quarter of 1994.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Recent Developments
The following discussion is qualified in its entirety to give effect to the
Offerings, the Offers and the New Credit Facility (described herein) pursuant to
which Ivex expects IPC to borrow approximately $ million under the New Credit
Facility to (i) refinance $ million outstanding under the revolving credit
portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) refinance $ million outstanding
under the term loan portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (iii) apply
approximately $ million to the acquisition of 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, and (iv) pay approximately $ million of fees
associated with these transactions. See "The Refinancing," "Capitalization" and
"Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." As of the closing of the Offerings,
Ivex expects that $ million will be available under the revolving portion of
the New Credit Facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The New
Credit Facility" for a summary of the terms and conditions of the New Credit
Facility.
The Company expects that the Offerings, together with the conversion of the
IPC Options, will result in a more-than-50% ownership change for purposes of
Section 382 of the Code, resulting in the imposition of Section 382 limitations
on the use of the Company's NOL carryforwards existing as of the date of the
ownership change. In addition, Ivex expects to have a significant NOL
attributable to the period after such ownership change resulting from certain
one-time charges expected to be incurred as a result of the refinancing
transactions described herein. Consequently, if another more-than-50% ownership
change takes place after the consummation of the Offerings, such ownership
change could result in the imposition of Section 382 limitations on such NOL.
Historical Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company conducts business through IPC and has no operations of its own.
The primary asset of the Company is the common stock of IPC which has been
pledged to secure the obligations of IPC and the subsidiaries under the Existing
Credit Facility. The Company is dependent on the cash flow of IPC and its
subsidiaries in order to pay the principal and interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures; however, IPC has no contractual obligations to distribute any such
cash flow to the Company. In addition, the Existing Credit Facility contains
provisions that (except for certain limited exceptions) prohibit the payment of
dividends and distributions by IPC to the Company. Moreover, the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Note Indenture contains provisions that limit IPC's ability to pay
dividends and make distributions to the Company.
The Company's long-term debt, less current installments, increased to
$404.6 million at June 30, 1997 from $352.9 million at December 31, 1996
primarily reflecting $7.0 million of accretion on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures, borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility of $49.2 million, $2.6
million of scheduled debt reductions and the reclassification of $1.9 million to
current. The Company's long-term debt consists of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures, with an accreted value of $113.1 million at June 30, 1997. The
long-term debt of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, IPC, consists primarily
of the $157.4 million of IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, term loans of $45.6
million and revolving credit facility borrowing of $49.2 million under the
Existing Credit Facility, $37.6 million of industrial revenue bonds and other
debt of $1.7 million.
32
<PAGE> 35
At June 30, 1997, IPC had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million and
$52.2 million was available under the revolving credit portion of the Existing
Credit Facility. IPC's working capital at June 30, 1997 was $60.2 million.
The Company's primary long-term cash requirements are for the debt service
relating to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Commencing on September 15, 2000,
cash interest on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will be payable semi-annually
and on March 15, 2005, the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will mature and the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding will become due and payable. The
Company will be dependent on the cash flow of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries in
order to meet its debt service obligations. Significant contractual and other
restrictions exist on the payment of dividends and the making of loans by IPC to
the Company. In addition, as a result of the goodwill write-offs in 1993 and
1995, IPC's ability to make distributions to the Company under the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Note Indenture has been impaired; consequently this Indenture will
require modification before any such distributions to the Company can be made.
Regardless, IPC and IPC's subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash flows to
distribute to the Company in order for the Company to service the cash interest
payments on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures that commence in September 2000 or
to retire the $160 million principal amount of 13 1/4% Discount Debentures upon
their maturity in 2005. Consequently, all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures may require refinancing prior to such dates. The Company believes
that distributions from IPC and its access to debt financing in the public and
private markets should be sufficient to enable it to retire all or a portion of
the principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures and to refinance any
remaining principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures upon their
maturity in 2005, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
In the event that the Company is unable to service the cash interest payments on
or to retire or refinance the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures or is unable to obtain
any required consents from the holders of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes to make
interest payments on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, the Company may be
required to, among other things, seek appropriate waivers from such creditors or
recapitalize its capital structure.
The primary short-term and long-term operating cash requirements for IPC,
the Company's wholly owned operating subsidiary, are for debt service, working
capital and capital expenditures. The Company expects IPC to rely on cash
generated from IPC's and IPC's subsidiaries' operations, supplemented by
revolving credit facility borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility (at June
30, 1997, $52.2 million was available under the revolving credit portion of the
Existing Credit Facility), to fund IPC's principal short-term and long-term cash
requirements. The Company believes that IPC and IPC's subsidiaries should
generate sufficient cash flows to service the cash interest payments on the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes through their maturity in 2002, although there can be
no assurances that such cash flows, if any, will be adequate to service these
interest payments. However, IPC and IPC's subsidiaries may not generate
sufficient cash flows to retire the $158.0 million principal amount of 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes prior to or upon their maturity in 2002. Consequently, all or
a portion of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require refinancing prior to the
maturity thereof. IPC believes that its consolidated cash flow from operations
and access to debt financing in the public and private markets should be
sufficient to enable it to retire all or a portion of the principal amount of
the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and to refinance any remaining principal amount
of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes prior to or upon their maturity, although
there can be no assurance that this will be the case. In the event that IPC is
unable to retire or refinance the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, IPC may be
required to, among other things, seek appropriate waivers from such creditors or
recapitalize its capital structure. IPC is required to maintain certain
financial ratios and levels of net worth and future indebtedness and dividends,
among other things, are restricted under these facilities.
The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes require semi-annual interest payments on
June 15 and December 15 and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing
and future senior indebtedness of IPC. The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are
redeemable at the option of IPC, in whole or in part, on or after December 15,
1997 at
33
<PAGE> 36
the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the principal
amount thereof), plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. If redeemed
during the twelve-month period beginning December 15,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ 106.250%
1998........................................................ 103.125%
1999 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Each holder of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require IPC to repurchase
such holders' 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes in the event of a change of control at
101% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. The 12 1/2% Subordinated Note Indenture contains certain covenants
that, among other things, limit the ability of IPC to incur additional
indebtedness, pay dividends or repurchase stock.
The Existing Credit Facility is comprised of $52.5 million in term loans, a
$45.0 million letter of credit facility and a $105.0 million revolving credit
facility of which approximately $52.2 million was available as of June 30, 1997.
The term loans under the Existing Credit Facility require quarterly payments of
$1.3 million through September 30, 1997; $1.9 million from December 31, 1997
through September 30, 1998; $3.0 million from December 31, 1998 through
September 30, 1999; $3.5 million from December 31, 1999 through September 30,
2000; $4.1 million from December 31, 2000 through June 30, 2001; and $5.4
million on September 30, 2001. At the option of IPC, the term loans and
borrowings on the revolving credit facility accrue interest at the LIBOR reserve
adjusted rate, as defined in the Existing Credit Facility, plus 2.25% or the
prime rate plus 1.0%. Such rates are subject to change based on IPC's ability to
achieve certain financial ratios as defined in the Existing Credit Facility. The
Company's actual interest rate on the term loans and the revolving credit
facility as of June 30, 1997 was the LIBOR reserve adjusted rate, as defined,
plus 1.75% or prime rate plus 0.75%. Borrowings are secured by substantially all
the assets of IPC and its subsidiaries and the stock of IPC and IPC's
subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility and letter of credit facility
terminate on September 30, 2001. Under the Existing Credit Facility, IPC is
required to maintain certain financial ratios and levels of net worth and future
indebtedness and dividends are restricted, among other things.
During 1996, IPC entered into interest rate swap agreements for the term
loans for notional amounts totaling $60.0 million through January 19, 1999. Such
agreements effectively fix IPC's LIBOR base rate at 5.33% and income or expense
related to settlements under the swap agreements are recorded as adjustments to
interest expense in IPC's financial statements.
IPC's industrial revenue bonds require monthly interest payments and are
due in varying amounts and dates through 2009. Certain letters of credit under
the Existing Credit Facility provide credit enhancement for IPC's industrial
revenue bonds.
Primarily as a consequence of the Company's 1993 and 1995 goodwill
write-offs, as of June 30, 1997, the Company's recorded assets are less than its
recorded liabilities by approximately $124.4 million. The Company believes that
its negative net worth will not have any material consequences on its operations
or its ability to obtain trade credit or financing.
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the European OPS Business for $11.9 million
and on February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of the outstanding common stock of
M&R located in Laval, Quebec for $18.7 million, including the repayment of
certain indebtedness of M&R and related acquisition fees and expenses. The
acquired businesses were financed through revolving credit borrowings under
IPC's senior credit facility.
The Company made capital expenditures of $11.0 million, $17.6 million,
$19.4 million and $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the
years 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The spending during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and the year 1996 was directed, in part, to new stock
thermoforming tooling and thermoforming machines at two of its converting
facilities, a coextrusion line at one of the Company's extrusion facilities, and
de-inking equipment at one of the Company's paper mill facilities. The spending
in 1995 and 1994 was directed, in part, to the Company's new OPS extrusion line
at the Company's
34
<PAGE> 37
Hazleton, Pennsylvania facility that was completed in 1994 and to the
construction of a second OPS extrusion line at its Manteno, Illinois facility
that was completed during the fourth quarter of 1995. The Company was not
committed under any material contractual obligations for capital expenditures as
of June 30, 1997.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Earnings Per Share
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings per
Share," which established a new accounting principle for the calculation of
earnings per share. The new pronouncement is effective for accounting periods
ending after December 15, 1997 and earlier application is not permitted. Upon
adoption, all prior period earnings per share data presented shall be restated
to conform to this Statement. As the Company's common stock equivalents were
anti-dilutive during the periods presented, adoption of this standard is not
expected to have a material impact on amounts previously reported as earnings
per share.
Reporting Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," which will require the Company to disclose, in financial statement
format, all non-owner changes in equity. Such changes include cumulative foreign
currency translation adjustments and certain minimum pension liabilities. SFAS
No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and
requires presentation of prior period financial statements for comparability
purposes. The Company expects to adopt this standard during the year ended
December 31, 1998. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a
material impact on disclosure in the Company's financial statements.
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information," which establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements
and interim financial reports. It also establishes standards for related
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.
SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and
requires presentation of prior period financial statements for comparability
purposes. The Company is currently evaluating its required disclosures under
SFAS No. 131 and expects to adopt this standard during the year ended December
31, 1998.
35
<PAGE> 38
BUSINESS
GENERAL
Ivex is a vertically integrated specialty packaging company that designs
and manufactures value-added plastic and paper-based flexible packaging
products. The Company is the leading provider of customized packaging in
selected specialty markets, ranking first or second in markets representing 76%
of the Company's revenues. Ivex has increased sales and profitability by
focusing on niche markets that provide attractive margins and growth and where
the Company's integrated manufacturing capabilities enhance its competitive
position. Ivex serves a variety of markets, providing packaging for food,
medical devices and electronic goods and protective packaging for industrial
products.
Over the past several years, the Company has executed a comprehensive
growth strategy based upon (i) achieving internal growth through product
extensions and further penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth
through strategic acquisitions. The Company has completed five such acquisitions
since 1995. Since 1993, sales, EBITDA and EBIT have increased at compound
annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%, respectively.
MARKETS
Consumer Packaging. Consumer Packaging designs and manufactures plastic and
paper-based products for food packaging applications and, more recently, for
applications in the medical and electronics industries. The Company produces a
broad array of items, including plastic containers for prepared foods, produce
and baked goods; specialty paper products such as fluted baking cups and liners
for cookies and other baked goods; microwaveable packaging materials; and
protective packaging for medical devices and electronics products. Consumer
Packaging markets its products to a variety of end users, including national
wholesale bakeries, supermarket chains, foodservice distributors, fast-food
chains, major agricultural growers, medical equipment suppliers and electronics
manufacturers. The Company also manufactures a variety of plastic sheet and film
products from several different resins for internal use and sales to third party
converters. Ivex is the leading producer of OPS sheet in the world. Consumer
Packaging represented approximately 56% of the Company's net sales and 58% of
the Company's EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30, 1997.
Industrial Packaging. Industrial Packaging manufactures and coats film,
paper and foil products for protective packaging and specialty papers. The
Company produces products for some of the fastest growing applications in the
protective packaging industry, including film and paper maskings and
self-sealing coated packaging applications. These products are marketed
primarily to consumer durable goods manufacturers, automotive companies, other
industrial manufacturers and integrated paper producers. The Company also
manufactures a variety of recycled kraft paper made from post-consumer and
post-industrial fibers and specialty lightweight paper made primarily from
virgin pulp for internal use and sales to third party converters. Industrial
Packaging represented approximately 44% of the Company's net sales and 42% of
the Company's EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30, 1997.
36
<PAGE> 39
The following table illustrates the wide variety of products that Ivex
manufactures:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997
PRODUCT GROUP NET SALES EBITDA PRODUCTS CUSTOMERS END PRODUCT USES
------------- --------- ------ -------- --------- ----------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging.... $284,003 $49,948 Plastic containers, Supermarkets, Plastic hinged and
corrugated paper foodservice two-piece containers,
liners and specialty distributors, fast trays for deli foods,
paper products, OPS food chains, bakery salads, cookies,
sheet and film, HIPS and confectionery berries and cakes,
sheet, PET sheet, PP companies, food film for envelope and
sheet, PVC sheet and processors, plastic box windows,
HDPE sheet converters, envelope protective plastic
and folding carton packaging for medical
manufacturers, medical and electronics
device and supply applications, paper
companies and liners for cookies,
electronics microwaveable
manufacturers packaging materials,
fluted bakery cups and
specialty paper
products
Industrial $221,395 $36,758 Protective packaging, Automotive companies, Paper and film
Packaging........... including coated paper consumer durables protective masking
and plastic, single manufacturers, other materials, cohesive
face corrugated paper, industrial self-sealing packaging
shippers and mailers manufacturers, paper papers, coated papers
and manufactured distributors and for stamps, labels and
paper, including kraft manufacturers of business forms, single
papers and specialty postage stamps, face corrugated paper
lightweight virgin business forms and for packaging,
papers paper converters shippers and mailers,
grocery and food bags,
specialty lightweight
papers for fast food
and candy wrappers
Corporate Expenses.... (6,698)
-------- -------
Total................. $505,398 $80,008
======== =======
</TABLE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Ivex seeks to differentiate itself from other packaging providers by
offering customized packaging that addresses the specialized needs of its
customers. The Company's goal is to be the number one or number two provider of
customized packaging in its markets. Ivex believes it has a number of key
strengths that support its ability to implement this strategy:
Focus on Niche Markets. Ivex focuses primarily on markets with attractive
margin and growth characteristics. The Company's markets include the in-store
bakery, delicatessen and prepared food sections of supermarkets; foodservice
outlets; medical equipment and electronics goods manufacturers; and users of
industrial protective masking. These markets have been among the fastest growing
for packaging products over the past several years. Each of these is
characterized by few competitors, technological barriers to entry, significant
customer service requirements and attractive growth potential.
Broad Product Range. Ivex manufactures a broad range of plastic and
paper-based stock and customized packaging products to provide a full service
approach to fulfilling its customers' packaging needs. Through its multi-resin
extrusion and thermoforming capabilities, Ivex is able to offer its customers a
variety of plastic packaging solutions. The Company believes its breadth of
product range and customization capabilities are
37
<PAGE> 40
competitive advantages that allow it to be more responsive to, and provide a
single supply source for, many of its customers' packaging needs. Further, these
capabilities enhance the Company's ability to adapt to changing market
preferences.
Flexible Design and Engineering. Ivex seeks to maximize opportunities
within niche markets by providing its customers with lower-cost product
development and shorter lead times than its competitors. The Company delivers
these benefits through research and development and technical expertise such as
computer-aided design and manufacturing and extensive in-house mold-making
capabilities.
Vertical Integration. Ivex pursues a vertically integrated operating
strategy in order to maximize product quality, minimize the influence of
external commodity price fluctuations and maintain its low-cost position. Within
Consumer Packaging, the Company operates two polymerization, six extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. In 1996, the Company produced 42% of its
polystyrene needs and 100% of its OPS sheet needs internally, resulting in a
significant advantage over competitors that purchase these materials in the open
market. Within Industrial Packaging, the Company's polyethylene film and paper
facilities provide important source products and product development
capabilities for many of the Company's protective packaging products.
Proprietary Technology. Ivex's proprietary technology strengthens its
product quality, market position and growth prospects in existing markets as
well as new product and geographic markets. Examples of the Company's
proprietary technology used by Consumer Packaging include extensive extrusion
process technology, low residual monomer polymerization technology and the
capability to manufacture OPS film to a gauge of less than one-thousandth of an
inch. Because of its proprietary production technology, the Company's OPS is
recognized as having the highest level of quality within the industry. Within
Industrial Packaging, the Company utilizes many customized adhesive and cohesive
formulations in its surface protection and self-sealing products which
strengthen its market position and product development capabilities.
Broad Distribution Network. The geographic breadth of Ivex's manufacturing
and distribution network, including 25 plants in North America and Europe and an
extensive network of sales representatives, is another significant advantage
over the Company's competitors, which are often smaller and regionally based.
Ivex's distribution network allows it to meet the broad geographic needs of its
larger customers from a single source, which is an advantage as customers seek
to reduce their number of suppliers. Extensive geographic coverage also reduces
transportation costs and contributes to the Company's cost competitiveness.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Over the past several years, Ivex has executed a comprehensive growth
strategy based upon (i) internal growth through product extensions and further
penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth through strategic
acquisitions. Since 1993, sales, EBITDA and EBIT have increased at compound
annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%, respectively. The Company
believes it can continue growing sales and earnings through its growth strategy
as well as through utilizing excess cash flow to reduce debt and interest
expense.
Internal Growth. Ivex intends to utilize its business strategy and strong
market position to capitalize on a number of emerging industry trends. As
supermarkets, bakeries and foodservice distributors consolidate packaging
vendors to create efficiencies, the Company plans to use its broad product
offerings and distribution capabilities to capture market share through
increased sales to these customers. Consumer trends toward convenient,
ready-to-eat food products and the increased utilization of clear plastic
packaging for more appealing presentation within the delicatessen, bakery and
produce sections of supermarkets are resulting in increasing use of OPS sheet.
As the leading producer of OPS sheet in the world, Ivex believes that it will
experience increased production and sales of OPS sheet. In addition,
manufacturers are increasingly realizing the quality and cost/benefit advantage
of using protective packaging and masking to protect products from damage or
breakage during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. This trend
creates additional demand for the Company's protective masking products and
corrugated cushioning materials.
38
<PAGE> 41
Acquisitions. Ivex has pursued a disciplined acquisition program of
"bolt-on" acquisitions that meet certain defined strategic and financial return
criteria. Since 1995, Ivex has completed five acquisitions that achieve a number
of strategic objectives:
- apply existing technology to new products and markets (the acquisition of
Plastofilm added medical and electronics end markets);
- fill out or extend existing product lines and markets (the acquisition of
Trio added multi-resin capabilities and the acquisition of PPI expanded
surface protection product offerings);
- expand geographical presence (the acquisitions of M&R in Canada and the
European OPS Business in the United Kingdom extended operations outside
the United States); and
- create rationalization opportunities (the integration of Plastofilm's
extrusion operation into Trio created a lower-cost operation).
As a market leader with a broad range of products and proven capabilities, the
Company believes that it is well positioned to continue to successfully apply
its acquisition and operating expertise to take advantage of consolidation
opportunities within the highly fragmented specialty packaging market.
CONSUMER PACKAGING
General. Consumer Packaging is an integrated manufacturer of plastic and
paper products for use in a wide array of food applications and, since its
acquisition of Plastofilm, medical and electronics packaging applications. The
food packaging products are typically used for items sold in supermarkets,
wholesale and retail bakeries, fast-food restaurants and institutional
foodservice outlets. The Company's medical packaging products typically are used
by the major medical supply companies for sterility packaging and its
electronics packaging products generally are used as cushioning materials.
Products. Consumer Packaging's products consist primarily of thermoformed
plastic containers used in food, medical and electronics markets and paper
products used in food packaging applications. Thermoformed plastic packaging
includes hinged and two-piece containers, trays for delicatessen foods, salads,
cookies, cakes and other items, sterility packaging for medical applications and
cushioning products for the electronics industry. Paper products consist of
single face corrugated paper liners for cookies and other baked goods,
microwaveable materials, fluted cups for baking and other specialty paper
products.
As part of its integrated operations, Ivex is the largest manufacturer of
OPS sheet in the world, and also produces OPS film, high impact polystyrene
("HIPS") sheet, polyethylene terephthelate ("PET") sheet, polypropylene ("PP")
sheet, high density polyethylene ("HDPE") sheet and polyvinyl chloride ("PVC")
sheet. OPS sheet is widely used in packaging applications where clarity,
rigidity and material yield are significant considerations. HIPS sheet is used
in similar applications where clarity is not as important, but where additional
stress or crack resistance is required. PET, PP, HDPE and PVC sheet are also
typically used in applications that require stress or crack resistance. OPS film
is a thinner gauge version of OPS sheet with applications primarily in windows
for envelopes and folding cartons as well as labels. The Company is one of the
largest producers of OPS film in North America and believes that it is the only
company in North America able to manufacture OPS film to a thickness of
one-thousandth of an inch. The Company's OPS sheet and film, HIPS sheet, PET
sheet, PP sheet, HDPE sheet and PVC sheet are marketed under the Company's
Kama(R) brand name.
Markets. The principal markets for Ivex's food packaging products include
supermarkets, particularly in-store bakery, delicatessen, and prepared food
sections; national wholesale bakeries; and foodservice outlets, particularly
fast-food restaurants and institutions such as schools, hospitals and corporate
cafeterias. The Company's position in these markets results from the quality of
its OPS sheet, its customized product development capabilities, its ability to
provide both plastic and paper products and its long-term relationships with key
accounts. The supermarket and foodservice segments have been two of the fastest
growing markets for food packaging products over the past several years. This
growth has been fueled by the expansions of bakery, delicatessen and take-out
departments and by increased merchandising efforts by supermarkets in
39
<PAGE> 42
other areas such as produce and floral. Growing customer demand for freshness
and convenience has increased the use of plastic packaging. In addition, in the
foodservice area, the Company's historical relationships with fast-food
operators enable it to leverage its reputation as new packaging opportunities
arise in this market segment.
The principal markets for the Company's medical and electronics packaging
include medical device and supply manufacturers and electronics manufacturers.
Ivex employs a national sales force to service each of the specific market
segments that it targets. Approximately half of the packaging customers are
serviced through distributors, with the balance serviced directly by the
Company's national account sales representatives. The Company markets to
end-users served by its distributors, such as small and regional supermarkets
and convenience food outlets, in order to establish "pull-through" demand
through this distribution channel. Brokers are also used to further penetrate
specific geographic markets and access prospective customers.
Manufacturing. The Company's plastic packaging products are manufactured
internally at the Company's two polystyrene polymerization, six extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. Polystyrene polymerization is the process of
converting liquid styrene monomer into polystyrene through heat and agitation
under high pressure. The Company produces high quality polystyrene as measured
by the polystyrene's low residual monomer levels. The Company believes that its
low residual monomer OPS affords it a quality advantage in certain areas of the
food packaging industry where undesirable odor and taste transfer associated
with high residual monomer levels are a concern.
Extrusion is the process of converting plastic resin into plastic sheet and
film used in the thermoforming process. In 1996, the Company produced
approximately 79 million pounds of polystyrene resin and purchased approximately
107 million pounds of polystyrene resin and approximately 15 million pounds of
other plastic resin from third-party sources. The Company is one of only two OPS
producers that have polystyrene polymerization manufacturing facilities. This
capability results in a competitive cost and quality advantage. Because of the
Company's vertical integration and the technology employed in its extrusion
operations, the Company believes it is one of the lowest cost producers of OPS
in North America.
Ivex's plastic thermoforming and paper converting operations are
principally conducted in thirteen facilities located throughout North America
and Europe. The Company's broad geographic coverage enables the Company to
provide better customer service and reduce transportation costs. The Company's
flexible manufacturing and engineering capabilities enable it to work with its
customers to design custom packages. The Company believes that its strategically
located manufacturing facilities, flexible manufacturing capabilities, in-house
product engineering services and quality production expertise are all important
competitive strengths.
INDUSTRIAL PACKAGING
General. Industrial Packaging is an integrated manufacturer and coater of a
variety of film, paper and foil products for protective packaging and a
manufacturer and coater of various grades of papers.
Products. Protective packaging products include protective paper and film
maskings; self-sealing coated packaging papers, films and corrugated paper; and
heavy-duty mailing envelopes marketed under the brand names Jet-Lite(R),
Jet-Cor(TM) and Jet-Pak(R). The Company's manufactured papers include
post-consumer and post-industrial recycled paper products (including lightweight
kraft paper for grocery and food bags and heavyweight crepe kraft paper for bag
closures), and specialty lightweight papers from virgin pulp used in the
flexible packaging and food packaging industries. The Company's coated papers
include water-activated gummed papers used for postage stamps, labels, and
envelopes, release papers used for high-pressure decorative laminates, and
laminations used for lottery ticket stock and decorative labels.
Markets. The Company's industrial packaging products are used in a wide
variety of commercial and industrial applications.
40
<PAGE> 43
Ivex believes that it is one of the largest producers of industrial
protective masking materials in North America. Management believes its strong
position within the industrial protective masking market is a result of its
chemical adhesive formulations and production technology. The Company's products
in this market range from adhesive coated paper and films to coextruded films
with adhesive properties. These paper and film maskings are used to protect
surfaces during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. The Company's
products must meet specifications for a broad array of surfaces requiring
protection, including glass, plastic, wood, polished and painted metals,
automotive trim, plastic laminates, furniture and marble.
Ivex applies adhesive and cohesive coatings to paper, films and single face
corrugated paper products for high-speed, high-volume, self-sealing packaging
applications. A cohesive package is designed to stick to itself and not to the
contents. The Company uses proprietary formulations of adhesive and cohesive
materials to meet specialized customer requirements. Typical end-users of
self-sealing packaging systems are the major U.S. automotive parts manufacturers
and book publishers. The Company also produces water-activated gummed printing
papers used for labels, commercial and postage stamps and business forms and
release papers that are used in the manufacture of high pressure decorative
laminates.
All of Ivex's low density polyethylene film is used internally in the
production of its film masking and self-sealing packaging products and
approximately 33% of the Company's recycled kraft paper is used internally in
the production of single face corrugated paper, cohesive coated paper and
mailing envelopes. Principal third-party markets for the Company's manufactured
paper products are food packaging, industrial packaging, bag converting and
industrial converting, including grocery and food bags; envelopes; bag closures
in pet food, seed, and fertilizer packaging; and fast-food and candy wrappers.
These markets require high service levels, including fast delivery and the
ability to produce a variety of colors, weights and formulations. Customers for
the Company's manufactured paper products include large, integrated paper
producers as well as packaging companies.
Manufacturing. Ivex's primary raw materials for protective packaging
products, principally low density polyethylene, specialty chemicals and paper,
are obtained from external sources as well as from the Company's low density
polyethelyne extrusion facility and recycled paper mill operations.
Ivex's coating and paper converting operations are conducted at eleven
facilities throughout the U.S. and Canada. The Company believes that its
extensive geographic coverage reduces transportation costs and contributes to
the cost competitiveness of the Company's packaging products.
All of the paper produced at three of the Company's four paper mills is
made entirely from post-consumer and post-industrial fibers, including OCC and
DLK. The Company was among the first to use 100% recycled post-industrial fibers
at one of its mills. Recycled paper accounts for approximately 65% of the total
output of the Company's paper operations. The products at the Company's fourth
mill in Detroit, Michigan are principally produced from virgin pulp and
post-industrial recycled fiber. The Company has installed recycling equipment at
its mill in Detroit, Michigan which enables the mill to substitute recycled
material for a portion of the higher-cost virgin pulp. Ivex believes that its
equipment provides greater flexibility than many larger competitors' machinery,
enabling it to serve a large number of relatively small, niche markets.
COMPETITION
The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive and faces
substantial competition throughout all of its product lines from numerous
national and regional companies. Many of these competitors are considerably
larger than the Company and have substantially greater financial and other
resources than the Company, while others are significantly smaller with lower
fixed costs and greater operating flexibility. In addition to price, competition
with respect to many of the Company's products is based on quality, supplier
response time, service and timely and complete order fulfillment.
The Company's main competitor in the supermarket and foodservice segments
is Tenneco Packaging. In the bakery area, the Company competes primarily with
Detroit Forming Inc. in plastic products and James River Corporation of Virginia
in paper products. The Company competes with several manufacturers of OPS sheet,
including Detroit Forming and Plastic Suppliers, Inc. In the medical and
electronics markets, the
41
<PAGE> 44
Company competes with many regional thermoformers, including Prent Corporation,
Placon Corp. and Crystal Thermoplastics, Inc. The Company competes primarily
with The Dow Chemical Company in the OPS film market. Ivex's major competitors
in protective masking include a joint venture between Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company and Sealed Air Corporation, American Biltrite, Inc. and
Main Tape Company, Inc. The Company competes primarily with Sealed Air
Corporation and AVI Products, Inc. in the mailing envelope market.
EMPLOYEES
As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 22 employees at its Lincolnshire,
Illinois corporate headquarters and had 2,995 employees at plant locations, of
which 651 were salaried and 2,344 were hourly. Of the hourly workers,
approximately 914 were members of unions. The Company has collective bargaining
agreements with seven unions in effect with respect to certain hourly employees
at the Company's Joliet, Peoria, Chagrin Falls, Detroit, Troy, Newton, Avenel,
Grove City and Elyria facilities. There have been no significant interruptions
or curtailments of operations due to labor disputes in the last five years, and
the Company believes that relations with its employees are good. The collective
bargaining agreements at the Company's Newton, Chagrin Falls and Avenel
facilities will expire in 1998; the collective bargaining agreement at the
Company's Troy facility will expire in 1999; the collective bargaining
agreements at the Company's facilities in Joliet, Peoria and Elyria will expire
in 2000; and the collective bargaining agreement at the Company's facilities in
Grove City and Detroit will expire in 2001. The employees at the Company's Grant
Park, Illinois facility recently voted against union representation.
RAW MATERIALS
Styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl
chloride and various paper-based commodities (including recycled and virgin
fiber) constitute the principal raw materials used in the manufacture of the
Company's products. Generally, these raw materials are readily available from a
wide variety of suppliers. Costs for all of the significant raw materials used
by the Company tend to fluctuate with various economic factors which generally
affect the Company and its competitors. The availability of raw materials was
adequate in 1996 and the first half of 1997 and is expected to remain adequate
throughout the remainder of 1997, although prices for certain items such as
styrene monomer, polystyrene, OCC, DLK and virgin fiber have been volatile and
may continue to fluctuate, in some instances adversely to the Company.
TRADEMARKS, PATENTS AND LICENSES
While the Company has registered and unregistered trademarks for many of
its product lines, these trademarks, other than the Company's rights to the
trademarks "Ivex(R)", "Plastofilm(R)" and "Kama(R)", are not considered material
to the conduct of the Company's business. The Company owns or licenses a number
of patents but such patents and licenses are not considered material to the
conduct of the Company's business and the Company does not believe that any of
its businesses are substantially dependent on patent protection.
CUSTOMERS, SALES AND BACKLOG
No material portion of the Company's business is dependent upon a single or
very few customers, except that the Company's extruded OPS film is sold
principally to one customer with which the Company believes that it has a good
relationship. No one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
aggregate net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. In general, the
backlog of orders is not significant or material to an understanding of the
Company's businesses.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS AND GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The past and present business operations of the Company and the past and
present ownership and operations of real property by the Company are subject to
extensive and changing federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and
regulations pertaining to the discharge of materials into the environment, the
handling and disposition of wastes (including solid and hazardous wastes) or
otherwise relating to the
42
<PAGE> 45
protection of the environment. As is the case with manufacturers in general, if
a release of hazardous substances occurs on or from the Company's properties or
any associated offsite disposal location, or if contamination from prior
activities is discovered at any of the Company's properties, the Company may be
held liable. From time to time, the Company is involved in regulatory
proceedings and inquiries relating to compliance with environmental laws,
permits and other environmental matters.
The Company is currently involved with environmental remediation and
on-going maintenance at certain of its facilities. The Company believes that the
costs of such remediation have been adequately reserved for and that such costs
are unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. No assurance can
be given, however, that additional environmental issues relating to the
presently known remediation matters or identified sites or to other sites or
matters will not require additional investigation, assessment or expenditures.
The Company has a reserve of approximately $2.1 million as of June 30, 1997 for
its known future environmental remediation costs. Because an environmental
reserve is not established until a liability is determined to be probable and
reasonably estimable, all potential future remedial costs may not be covered by
this reserve. The Company has made and will continue to make capital
expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental requirements. The Company
does not expect its 1997 and 1998 spending on environmental capital projects to
be material.
During 1991, the Company responded to an information request regarding the
Global Landfill, New Jersey site and since such time has not received any
further notifications regarding such site. During 1993, the Company was named a
PRP at the Delta Chemicals, Pennsylvania Superfund site and in 1995 the Company
paid a de minimis settlement of less than $20,000 at that site. During 1995, the
Company paid $500 in connection with a de minimis consent order relating to the
American Chemical Service site. In addition, over the past few years, the
Company has received notices of potential liability relating to three Superfund
sites for which the Company believes a former owner of the facilities subject to
such notices will be responsible, and the Company has forwarded such notices to
such former owner and has had no further involvement at those sites. In
addition, during 1996 the Company answered a complaint regarding the Huth Oil,
Ohio Superfund site, and during 1997 this claim was voluntarily dismissed by the
plaintiffs in the action. Although the Company endeavors to carefully manage its
waste, because Superfund liability is strict and retroactive, it is possible
that in the future the Company may be identified as a PRP with respect to other
waste disposal sites.
The plastics industry, in general, and the Company also are subject to
existing and potential federal, state, local and foreign legislation designed to
reduce solid wastes by requiring, among other things, plastics to be degradable
in landfills, minimum levels of recycled content, various recycling
requirements, disposal fees and limits on the use of plastic products. In
addition, various consumer and special interest groups have lobbied from time to
time for the implementation of these and other such similar measures. Although
the Company believes that the legislation promulgated to date and such
initiatives to date have not had a material adverse effect on the Company, there
can be no assurance that any such future legislative or regulatory efforts or
future initiatives would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The United States Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") regulates the
content of direct-contact food containers and packages, including containers and
packages made from recycled OPS and paper products. The FDA currently limits the
amount of recycled materials that can be used in such containers and packages.
To comply with these regulations, the Company has instituted various compliance
programs.
PROPERTIES
The Company and its subsidiaries use various owned and leased plants,
warehouses, and other facilities in their operations. The facilities are
considered to be suitable and adequate for the conduct of the businesses
involved although the machinery, plant and equipment at such facilities are,
from time to time, subject to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance. As of June
30, 1997, the Company had twenty-five non-warehouse facilities, nineteen of
which are located in the U.S., four in Canada and two in the United Kingdom and,
except as noted below, all are owned by IPC or a subsidiary of IPC. With certain
limited exceptions, all of the
43
<PAGE> 46
owned real estate is subject to mortgages securing IPC's indebtedness under the
Existing Credit Facility and is expected to be subject to mortgages securing
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION FUNCTION SQUARE FOOTAGE
-------- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
DOMESTIC
Avenel, NJ(1)......................... Extrusion 55,000
Bellwood, IL(2)....................... Paper Converting and Film Coating 71,000
Bellwood, IL(3)....................... Paper Converting 71,000
Bridgeview, IL........................ Paper Converting 115,000
Chagrin Falls, OH..................... Paper Mill 120,000
Detroit, MI........................... Paper Mill 255,000
Elyria, OH (4)........................ Extrusion 80,000
Grant Park, IL........................ Thermoforming/Engineering 184,000
Grove City, PA(5)..................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 236,000
Hazleton, PA(6)....................... Polymerization/Extrusion 166,000
Joliet, IL............................ Paper Mill/Paper Converting 410,000
Madison, GA........................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 141,000
Manteno, IL........................... Extrusion 105,000
Newton, MA(7)......................... Paper and Film Converting/Coating 225,000
Peoria, IL............................ Paper Mill 234,000
Sparks, NV(8)......................... Thermoforming 40,000
Troy, OH.............................. Paper Converting/Coating 320,000
Visalia, CA........................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 144,000
Wheaton, IL........................... Thermoforming/Engineering 120,000
INTERNATIONAL
Enniskillen, Northern Ireland(9)...... Thermoforming/Engineering 16,000
Laval, Quebec......................... Thermoforming/Extrusion/Engineering 60,000
Longueuil, Quebec..................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 32,000
Sedgefield, England................... Thermoforming/Extrusion 48,000
Summerstown, Ontario.................. Thermoforming 55,000
Toronto, Ontario...................... Paper Converting 54,000
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 2003, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for two successive five-year periods upon
IPC's written notice to the lessor thereof not more than 12 nor less than 6
months prior to the end of the then current lease term.
(2) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1997, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional two-year period until
December 31, 1999, subject to landlord's right to terminate under certain
circumstances on or after July 1, 1997, upon six months prior written
notice. The Company is currently negotiating to purchase this facility from
the landlord.
(3) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1997, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional two-year period until
December 31, 1999. The Company is currently negotiating a new five-year
lease for this facility.
(4) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on September 30, 2001, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional five-year period and, upon
specified terms and conditions, to purchase the property.
(5) This facility is held subject to an installment sales contract with Grove
City Industrial Development Corporation that holds title to the facility.
(6) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on October 4, 1998, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for two successive five-year periods upon
IPC's written notice to lessor not more than 24 nor less than 6 months prior
to the end of the then current lease term.
(7) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 5, 2001, with three
one-year options to extend.
(8) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1999.
(9) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on May 10, 2016.
44
<PAGE> 47
LITIGATION
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various
litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company
believes that none of the matters in which the Company or its subsidiaries are
currently involved, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to the
Company.
45
<PAGE> 48
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Set forth below are the name, age, positions and offices held (as of the
date hereof) and a brief account of the business experience for each director
and executive officer of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly...................... 54 Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since January 1991.
Frank V. Tannura..................... 40 Director of the Company since August 1995. Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
since October 1989.
Richard R. Cote...................... 45 Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since August
1994. Mr. Cote was Assistant Vice President and
Treasurer of the Company from March 1992 to August 1994.
Donald C. Devine..................... 37 Vice President and General Manager of the Company. From
1993 to 1996, Mr. Devine was Vice President and General
Manager of the Bag Division of Gaylord Container Corp.
and from 1989 to 1993, General Manager of James River
Corporation's Folding Carton Group.
Thomas S. Ellsworth.................. 52 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Mr. Ellsworth was Vice President of the Company's
paper mill operations from 1992 to 1994 and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company's paper mill operations
from March 1991 to 1992.
Gene J. Gentili...................... 50 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Vice President of Sales of the Company from 1993
to 1994. Mr. Gentili was director of national accounts
for the Company from 1991 to 1993.
Roger A. Kurinsky.................... 45 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Vice President of Marketing of the Company from
1991 to 1994.
Jeremy S. Lawrence................... 46 Vice President of Human Resources of the Company since
May 1991.
G. Douglas Patterson................. 39 Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since
June 1991.
David E. Wartner..................... 30 Corporate Controller of the Company since 1994. Mr.
Wartner was previously associated with Price Waterhouse
LLP from 1988 to 1994.
Eugene M. Whitacre................... 41 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
February 1991.
Glenn R. August...................... 36 Director of the Company since March 1993 and a Managing
Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) and its predecessor since 1987. Since August
1996, Mr. August has served as President of Oak Hill
Advisors, Inc., the exclusive advisor to the Oak Hill
Securities Fund, L.P., a $1.75 billion investment
partnership.
Anthony P. Scotto.................... 50 Director of the Company since August 1995. Managing
Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) and its predecessor since March 1988. Mr.
Scotto is also a director of Specialty Foods Corporation
and Holophane Corporation.
</TABLE>
All members of the Board of Directors of the Company serve until a
successor is elected. All officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the
Company's Board of Directors.
46
<PAGE> 49
The Board of Directors of the Company will be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as possible, having terms expiring at the annual
meeting of the Company's stockholders in 1998 (comprised of Mr. Bayly), 1999
(comprised of Mr. August) and 2000 (comprised of Messrs. Tannura and Scotto). At
each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose
term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms and
until their successors are elected and qualified. The outside directors (other
than directors that are employed by Oak Hill Partners, Inc.) will receive an
annual retainer of approximately $20,000 and will be reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings.
In connection with the Offerings, the Board intends to elect at least two
independent directors and create compensation and audit committees. The identity
of the independent directors has not yet been determined and may not be
determined until after the completion of the Offerings. The Company does not
have a nominating committee.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the compensation
paid by IPC to the Company's chief executive officer and each of the four most
highly compensated officers of the Company whose aggregate cash compensation
exceeds $100,000, in each case for all services rendered during the fiscal years
1996, 1995 and 1994:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION(4)
-----------------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION(3) AWARDS PAYOUTS
------------------------------- ---------- -------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
OPTIONS/ LTIP ALL OTHER
NAME AND SALARY BONUS SARS PAYOUTS COMPENSATION
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($)(1) ($)(2) (#)(5) ($)(6) ($)(7)
------------------ ---- ------ ------ ---------- ------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly............... 1996 420,000 600,000 765,938 314,721
President and Chief 1995 400,000 400,000 237,500 14,938
Executive Officer 1994 400,000 50,000 -- 5,667
Frank V. Tannura.............. 1996 249,100 290,000 282,188 40,368
Vice President and 1995 211,667 235,000 87,500 28,885
Chief Financial Officer 1994 191,667 25,000 -- 10,894
Eugene M. Whitacre............ 1996 236,250 230,000 201,563 7,500
Vice President and 1995 225,000 168,750 62,500 13,741
General Manager 1994 175,000 100,000 -- 8,744
Thomas S. Ellsworth........... 1996 250,000 100,000 -- 25,813
Vice President and 1995 229,000 168,750 -- 16,185
General Manager 1994 163,000 20,000 -- 7,325
Donald C. Devine.............. 1996 195,000 175,000 -- 2,965
Vice President and
General Manager
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Includes amounts deferred pursuant to IPC's Retirement Plan and Trust and
under IPC's Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
(2) Includes annual bonus awards for services rendered in 1996, 1995 and 1994
that were paid under IPC's Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. The
Executive Incentive Compensation Plan provides the executive officers of IPC
with annual awards for outstanding individual performance contributing to
the present and future success of the Company. This Plan is administered by
the President in consultation with the Board of Directors and awards are
based upon IPC's achievement of certain predetermined
47
<PAGE> 50
financial objectives such as minimum EBITDA and cash flow targets. Under
the provisions of the Plan, participants have target incentive
compensation of 40% to 50% of that year's base salary, although the actual
incentive compensation paid in any given year may be significantly less
than or greater than the target level based upon the extent of the
Company's under-achievement or over-achievement of such predetermined
financial objectives.
(3) The column designated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") pursuant to applicable regulations for the reporting of "Other
Annual Compensation" has been deleted because the dollar amount of
perquisites and other personal benefits received by the named executive
officers falls below the reporting threshold established by the Commission.
(4) The column designated by the Commission pursuant to the applicable
regulations for the reporting of "Restricted Stock Awards" has been deleted
because no restricted stock of the Company was awarded to any of the named
executive officers in any of the reported calendar years.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the
mid-point of the range of the estimated public offering price set forth on
the cover page hereof), the estimated value of each named executive
officer's shares of restricted common stock of the Company held as of the
consummation of the Offerings and the number of such shares (as adjusted to
reflect the -for-1 split of the outstanding Common Stock) as of such date
would be as follows: Mr. Bayly's shares -- $ ; Mr. Tannura's
shares -- $ ; Mr. Ellsworth's shares -- $ ; and
Mr. Whitacre's shares -- $ . All of such shares of the
Company's Common Stock are vested and the Company has no present intentions
to pay dividends on such shares.
(5) The options reported for 1995 and 1994 as specified in this column were
granted under IPC's Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, dated as of January
1, 1993 (the "Stock Option and Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which
options exercisable into an aggregate of 17,270 shares of IPC's common stock
were originally granted to certain executive officers of IPC (including the
named executive officers), 9,413 of such options were earned and vested (the
"Original IPC Options") during 1993, 1994 and 1995 and 7,857 of such options
were not earned during such period and were canceled.
During the first quarter of 1996, the Stock Option and Purchase Agreement
was amended and restated (the "Amended and Restated Stock Option and
Purchase Agreement") and pursuant to the terms thereof options exercisable
into an aggregate of 6,908 shares of IPC's common stock (the "IPC
Performance Options" and together with the Original IPC Options, the "IPC
Options") were granted to certain executive officers of IPC (including the
number of options reported for 1996 as specified in the Summary Compensation
Table for the named executive officers), subject to vesting 33 1/3% in each
of 1996, 1997 and 1998 and subject to being earned in 1996 and 1997 based
upon IPC's attainment of certain growth objectives. During 1996, 3,454 of
the IPC Performance Options were earned and as of December 31, 1996, one
third of such earned amount, or 1,151, became vested. See "-- Option/SAR
Grants Table" and "-- Aggregated Options/SAR Exercise Table." Simultaneously
with the consummation of the Offerings and pursuant to the terms of the
Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, the remaining
3,454 IPC Performance Options will be earned and all 6,908 IPC Performance
Options will become vested. In connection with the Offerings, the Company,
IPC and such executive officers will exchange the IPC Options for (i)
shares of the Company's Common Stock, and (ii) options exercisable
for shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price equal
to the initial public offering price of the Offerings. Consequently, the
options specified in this column reflect the IPC Options that were granted
during 1994, 1995 and 1996, as adjusted to give pro forma effect to the
options to be received in this exchange and the -for-1 split of the
outstanding Common Stock. See "--Option/SAR Grants Table." As a result of
this exchange, it is expected that as of the consummation of the Offerings,
Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Whitacre, Ellsworth and Devine will beneficially own
, , , and shares of Common Stock,
respectively, and options exercisable into , , ,
, and shares of Common Stock, respectively. Assuming an initial
public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the range of the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof), the
estimated value of each named executive officer's shares of Common Stock as
of the consummation of the Offerings would be as follows: Mr. Bayly's
shares
48
<PAGE> 51
-- $ ; Mr. Tannura's shares -- $ ; Mr. Whitacre's
shares -- $ ; Mr. Ellsworth's shares -- $ ; and Mr.
Devine's shares -- $ . See "Principal Stockholders."
(6) The amounts in this column represent the amounts paid to the named executive
officers during the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 under IPC's
Special Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 1993. Pursuant to such plan,
upon the occurrence of certain "Payment Events" (therein defined), IPC was
obligated to pay to certain executive officers an aggregate cash award up to
a maximum amount of $2.25 million. During 1995 and 1996, IPC paid to certain
executive officers (including the named executive officers) $550,000 and
$1.7 million, respectively, under such plan. The 1995 and the 1996 payments
under such plan were made by IPC notwithstanding the fact that there was not
a Payment Event during 1995 or 1996, this condition having been waived by
IPC. The IPC Special Incentive Plan has been terminated.
(7) The 1996 All Other Compensation column reported includes (i) IPC's
contributions (excluding employee earnings reduction contributions) under
the IPC Retirement Plan and Trust and under IPC's Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan during fiscal 1996 as follows: $7,500 to Mr. Bayly;
$21,038 to Mr. Ellsworth; $0 to Mr. Devine; $38,314 to Mr. Tannura; and
$7,500 to Mr. Whitacre; (ii) insurance premiums with respect to IPC's
Executive Disability Income Coverage paid by IPC as follows: $7,221 for Mr.
Bayly; $4,775 for Mr. Ellsworth; $2,965 for Mr. Devine; and $2,054 for Mr.
Tannura; and (iii) IPC's payment during 1996 of $300,000 of nonqualified
retirement benefits to Mr. Bayly pursuant to the terms of his Amended and
Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996.
49
<PAGE> 52
OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT
ASSUMED ANNUAL RATE
OF
STOCK PRICE
APPRECIATION
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS FOR OPTION TERM(2)
- - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL
UNDERLYING OPTIONS/SARS EXERCISE
OPTIONS/SARS GRANTED TO OR BASE
GRANTED EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION
NAME (#)(1) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE 5%($) 10%($)
---- ------------ ------------ -------- ---------- ----- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly................ 30.0 1/1/03
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Frank V. Tannura............... 14.0 1/1/03
Vice President
Eugene M. Whitacre............. 10.0 1/1/03
Vice President
Thomas S. Ellsworth............ 10.0 1/1/03
Vice President
Donald C. Devine............... 8.0 1/1/03
Vice President
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) The portion of the IPC Performance Options specified in this column were
granted during the year ended December 31, 1996 under IPC's Amended and
Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement pursuant to which options to
purchase an aggregate of 6,908 shares of IPC's common stock were granted to
certain executive officers (including the named executive officers), 3,454
of such options were earned during 1996 and one third of such earned options
(1,151) became vested during 1996. The 1,151 earned and vested IPC
Performance Options are fully vested and are exercisable at any time, in
whole or in part, prior to January 1, 2003 upon payment of an exercise price
of $619.56 per share. The IPC Performance Options vest over a 3-year period,
33 1/3% on each of December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998. In addition, during the
1997 calendar year, the following IPC Performance Options will be granted to
Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Whitacre, Ellsworth and Devine, , ,
, and , respectively. Upon the occurrence of the
consummation of the Offerings, the option holders will exercise their right
to exchange the IPC Options for shares of the Company's Common Stock
and options exercisable for shares of the Common Stock of the Company
at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of the
Offerings. Consequently, the options specified in this column reflect the
IPC Options that were granted during the year ended December 31, 1996 and
during calendar 1997 prior to the Offerings, as adjusted to give pro forma
effect to the options to be received in this exchange and the - for-1
split of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result of this exchange,
assuming consummation of the Offerings, as of the closing of the Offerings,
Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Whitacre, Ellsworth and Devine will beneficially own
options exercisable for shares; shares; shares;
shares; and shares, respectively, and Messrs. Bayly, Tannura,
Whitacre, Ellsworth and Devine will beneficially own , ,
, and shares of Common Stock, respectively. Assuming an
initial public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the range
of the estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof),
the estimated value of each named executive officer's shares of Common Stock
as of the consummation of the Offerings would be as follows: Mr. Bayly's
shares -- $ ; Mr. Tannura's shares -- $ ; Mr.
Whitacre's shares -- $ ; Mr. Ellsworth's shares --
$ and Mr. Devine's shares -- $ .
50
<PAGE> 53
(2) As a result of the exchange of the IPC Options by the executive officers of
the Company described in footnote 1 above, the potential realizable value
was calculated based on stock price appreciation from the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per share (the mid-point of the range of the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof). The
dollar amounts under these columns are the result of calculations at the 5%
and 10% rates established by the Commission and therefore are not intended
to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of the stock price of the
Company.
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END
OPTION/SAR VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
---------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES VALUE OF
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS/SARS OPTIONS/SARS
SHARES AT FY-END(#) AT FY-END($)
ACQUIRED ON VALUE ---------------- ----------------
EXERCISE REALIZED EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME (#) ($) UNEXERCISABLE(1) UNEXERCISABLE(2)
---- ----------- -------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly........................ -- -- / $ 0
President and Chief
Executive Officer
Frank V. Tannura....................... -- -- / 0
Vice President
Eugene M. Whitacre..................... -- -- / 0
Vice President
Thomas S. Ellsworth.................... -- -- / 0
Vice President
Donald C. Devine....................... -- -- / 0
Vice President
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) The options specified in this column were originally granted under the
Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement pursuant to which
the IPC Options were granted to certain executive officers of the Company,
including the named executive officers. In connection with the Offerings,
the Company, IPC and such executive officers will exchange the IPC Options
for (i) shares of the Company's Common Stock, and (ii) options
exercisable into shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise
price equal to the initial public offering price of the Offerings.
Consequently, the options specified in this column reflect the number of
securities underlying the IPC Options that were vested and unvested and thus
exercisable/unexercisable at December 31, 1996, as adjusted to give pro
forma effect to this exchange and the -for-1 split of the outstanding
Common Stock. All of the options specified in this column would become fully
vested and exercisable upon consummation of the Offerings.
(2) The values specified is this column reflect the pro forma effect of the
exchange and stock split described in footnote 1 above but are based on the
fact that the exercise price for the options exercisable for shares of the
Company's Common Stock will equal the initial public offering price in the
Offerings. Thus, as of December 31, 1996, such options, as adjusted, would
have no "in-the-money" value, although there can be no assurances that such
valuation is accurate because there was no closing market price for the
stock as of December 31, 1996 as such stock was privately held. In
connection with the exchange described in footnote 1 above, all of the
options of the named executive officers would be exercisable and the value
of unexercised options that are exercisable as of the consummation of the
Offerings would be zero for each of the named executive officers since the
exercise price thereof will equal the initial public offering price.
51
<PAGE> 54
CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Mr. Bayly has an amended and restated employment agreement with IPC,
pursuant to which (i) IPC agrees to employ Mr. Bayly through December 31, 2000
(provided that beginning on January 1, 1998, the term thereof is automatically
extended for one additional day for each day which has then elapsed since
December 31, 1997 unless on or after December 31, 1997 either IPC's Board of
Directors or Mr. Bayly gives notice that the automatic extension shall cease) as
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and to cause Mr. Bayly's
election as a director of IPC, (ii) Mr. Bayly receives a base salary of $441,000
during 1997, $463,000 during 1998, $486,000 during 1999 and $510,000 during 2000
(subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors), (iii) Mr.
Bayly is entitled to an aggregate of $150,000 per year for life insurance,
disability insurance and nonqualified retirement benefits, (iv) Mr. Bayly is
eligible for an annual performance bonus based upon the achievement of
predetermined financial objectives, and (v) Mr. Bayly will receive certain
severance benefits if his employment is terminated without cause or if Mr. Bayly
terminates the agreement for good reason (including the giving of notice by the
Board of Directors of IPC to stop the automatic extension of the term thereof
and a termination by Mr. Bayly for any reason during the period of three months
which begins six months after a change of control (as therein defined)). These
severance benefits include the payment of a lump sum equal to four times the sum
of (x) the annual salary then in effect and (y) the target amount of the annual
performance bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, plus the
continuation of all benefits and supplemental benefits for four years after the
date of termination. The agreement restricts Mr. Bayly from competing with the
Company during his employment and, in certain circumstances, for an additional
one-year period after the termination of Mr. Bayly's employment. In addition,
IPC has agreed to gross-up payments to Mr. Bayly for certain taxes, interest and
penalties that may be imposed by certain sections of the Code.
Mr. Tannura has an amended employment agreement with IPC, pursuant to which
(i) IPC agrees to employ Mr. Tannura through May 31, 1999 (provided that
beginning on June 1, 1996, the term thereof is automatically extended for one
additional day for each day which has then elapsed since May 31, 1996 unless
either the Board of Directors of IPC or Mr. Tannura gives notice that the
automatic extension shall cease) as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
(ii) Mr. Tannura is entitled to receive a base salary of $235,000 per year
(subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors), (iii) Mr.
Tannura is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based upon the
achievement of predetermined financial objectives, and (iv) Mr. Tannura will
receive certain severance benefits if his employment is terminated without cause
or if Mr. Tannura terminates the agreement for good reason (including the giving
of notice by the Board of Directors of IPC to stop the automatic extension of
the term thereof) in an amount equal to (i) at Mr. Tannura's option, either (A)
his annual salary for the remaining term thereof or (B) the present value (based
upon a 10% interest rate) of the aggregate unpaid annual salary for the full
term thereof, plus (ii) at Mr. Tannura's option, either (C) an annual bonus for
each year remaining in the term in an amount equal to the target amount of his
performance bonus for the year in which his termination of employment occurs, or
(D) the present value of three times the target amount of his performance bonus
for the year in which the termination of his employment occurs plus (iii) a pro
rata portion of his performance bonus for the year in which his employment is
terminated, plus (iv) unpaid benefits accrued up to the date of termination,
plus (v) the continuation of all benefits for the full term.
IPC has entered into severance agreements with the other named executive
officers, pursuant to which such officers receive a severance payment equal to
one year's salary if their employment is terminated other than for death,
disability or cause.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During 1996, the Company's Board of Directors did not have a compensation
committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions). The
members of the Board of Directors of the Company, in consultation with Mr.
Bayly, the President of the Company, performed the functions normally performed
by a compensation committee and participated in deliberations concerning
executive officer compensation. No executive officer of the Company served as a
member of the compensation committee (or other board
52
<PAGE> 55
committee performing equivalent functions) or as a member of the Board of
another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Board of Directors
of the Company.
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION 1997 LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Ivex intends to adopt the Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "1997 Stock Incentive Plan" or the "LTIP"). The following is
a summary of the material features of the plan.
Purpose. The purpose of the plan is to promote the interests of the Company
and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional officers,
employee-directors and other key employees and consultants of the Company and
its affiliates; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related
incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such
individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the
Company.
Administration/Eligible Participants. The plan will be administered by a
committee (the "Committee") of two or more members of the Board designated by
the Board to administer the plan, each of whom is intended to be a
"disinterested person" (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) and an "outside director"
(within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)); however, the mere fact that a
Committee member shall fail to qualify as a disinterested person or outside
director will not invalidate any award made by the Committee which award is
otherwise validly made under the plan.
As of , 1997, the Company had approximately officers and
key employees, each of whom is eligible to be granted awards by the Committee
under the plan. The Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine
the participants to whom awards shall be granted under the plan.
Number of Shares Authorized Under the Plan. The plan authorizes the grant
of awards to participants with respect to a maximum of shares of the
Company's Common Stock ("Shares"), which awards may be made in the form of (i)
nonqualified stock options; (ii) stock options intended to qualify as incentive
stock options under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) stock appreciation rights;
(iv) restricted stock and/or restricted stock units; (v) performance awards and
(vi) other stock-based awards; provided that the maximum number of Shares with
respect to which stock options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to
any participant in the plan in any calendar year may not exceed 200,000. If,
after the effective date of the plan, any Shares covered by an award granted
under the plan, or to which such an award relates, are forfeited, or if an award
has expired, terminated or been canceled for any reason whatsoever (other than
by reason of exercise or vesting) and in either such case a participant has
received no benefits of ownership with respect to the forfeited Shares or the
Shares to which such expired, terminated or canceled award relates (other than
voting rights and dividends that were forfeited in connection with such
forfeiture, expiration, termination or cancellation), then the Shares covered by
such award shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which awards
may be granted under the plan.
Terms and Conditions of Awards Under the Plan. Non-qualified and incentive
stock options granted under the plan shall be subject to such terms, including
exercise price and conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by
the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement or thereafter;
provided that stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock
options will be subject to terms and conditions that comply with such rules as
may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. Payment in respect of the exercise
of an option granted under the Plan may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or,
if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, by exchanging Shares owned by
the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest
and which have been owned by such optionee for at least six months), or by a
combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and
cash equivalents and the fair market value of such Shares so tendered to the
Company as of the date of such tender is at least equal to the aggregate
exercise price of the option.
Stock appreciation rights granted under the plan shall be subject to such
terms, including grant price and the conditions and limitations applicable to
exercise thereof, as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the
applicable award agreement or thereafter; provided that stock appreciation
rights may not be
53
<PAGE> 56
exercisable earlier than six months after the date of grant. Stock appreciation
rights may be granted in tandem with another award, in addition to another
award, or freestanding and unrelated to another award. A stock appreciation
right shall entitle the participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of
the fair market value of a Share on the date of exercise of the stock
appreciation right over the grant price thereof. The Committee shall determine
whether a stock appreciation right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a
combination of cash and Shares.
Restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the plan shall be
subject to such terms and conditions including, without limitation, the duration
of the period during which, and the conditions under which, the restricted stock
and restricted stock units may be forfeited to the Company, as may be determined
by the Committee in its sole discretion. Each restricted stock unit shall have a
value equal to the fair market value of a Share. Restricted stock units shall be
paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the
sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable
thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable award agreement.
Dividends paid on any Shares of restricted stock may be paid directly to the
participant, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of restricted stock or in
additional restricted stock units, as determined by the Committee in its sole
discretion.
Performance awards granted under the plan shall consist of a right which is
(i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee,
in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such
performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such
time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the terms of
the plan and any applicable award agreement, the Committee shall determine the
performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of
any performance period, the amount of any performance award and the amount and
kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award.
Performance awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the
close of the performance period or, in accordance with procedures established by
the Committee, on a deferred basis.
In addition to the foregoing types of awards, the Committee shall have
authority to grant to participants an "other stock-based award," which shall
consist of any right which is (i) not a stock option, stock appreciation right,
restricted stock or restricted unit award or performance award and (ii) an award
of Shares or an award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without
limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to
be consistent with the purposes of the plan; provided that any such rights must
comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 and
applicable law. Subject to the terms of the plan and any applicable award
agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such
other stock-based award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be
purchased pursuant to any other stock-based award granted under this plan.
In addition, in the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an
award, whether made as an other stock-based award or as any other type of award
issuable under the plan, may provide the participant with dividends or dividend
equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a
current or deferred basis.
Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any dividend
or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or
other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination,
repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance
of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the
Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such
that an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be
appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or
potential benefits intended to be made available under the plan, then the
Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of
(i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind
of other securities or property) with respect to which awards may be granted,
(ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind
of other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) the
grant or exercise price with respect to any award or, if deemed appropriate,
make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award
54
<PAGE> 57
in consideration for the cancellation of such award; provided, in each case,
that with respect to awards of incentive stock options no such adjustment shall
be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause the Plan to violate
Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, as from time to time amended or (iv) provide for
the acceleration or exercisability or lapse of restrictions otherwise applicable
to such awards, or the early cancellation, expiration or termination of such
awards with or without consideration or consent.
Transferability. Each award, and each right under any award, shall be
exercisable only by the participant during the participant's lifetime or, if
permissible under applicable law, by the participant's guardian or legal
representative or by a transferee receiving such award pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order ("QDRO"), as determined by the Committee.
No award that constitutes a "derivative security", for purposes of Section
16 of the Exchange Act, may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or
otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a QDRO, and any such
purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or
encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any
affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute
an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.
Amendment to Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or
terminate the plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made
without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any
tax or regulatory requirement, including for these purposes any approval
requirement which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief from Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee
may amend the plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the plan
conform with local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction outside the United
States.
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION 1997 LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN
Ivex intends to adopt the Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Long-Term
Performance Incentive Plan (the "Performance Plan") which will continue in
effect until , unless earlier terminated or extended by the Board
pursuant to the Performance Plan. Certain officers and other key employees of
the Company or any of its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the
Performance Plan subject to selection by the Committee (as hereinafter defined).
As of , 1997, the Company had officers and key employees, each
of whom is eligible to be granted awards by the Committee under the Performance
Plan.
The Performance Plan will be administered by a Committee comprised of two
or more members of the Board designated by the Board to administer the
Performance Plan, each of whom is intended to be an "outside director" (within
the meaning of Code Section 162(m) to the extent that Section 162(m) is
applicable to the Company); provided that, if a Committee has not been so
designated, then the Board shall constitute the Committee, except for any member
of the Board eligible to receive an award under the Performance Plan.
Under the Performance Plan, participants are afforded the opportunity to
earn incentive awards based upon the Company's achieving pre-established pre-tax
income objectives over an annual performance period. The Committee will, in its
sole discretion, designate, within 90 days of the commencement of any
performance period, which officers and other key employees will be participants
for such performance period and shall establish the pre-tax income performance
targets for the relevant performance period. The amount, if any, of the awards
to be paid under the Performance Plan shall be based on the percentage of the
performance target achieved by the participant during the relevant period. The
maximum award payable to any participant under the Performance Plan in respect
of an annual performance period shall equal 50% of the participant's base salary
as in effect as of the first day of such performance period; provided that, in
no event shall any participant be entitled to the payment of an award in respect
of any performance period in excess of $500,000. Payment in respect of any
awards shall be subject to the Committee's written certification as to whether
and to what extent the pre-tax income performance targets have been achieved.
Awards shall be paid in cash in three equal
55
<PAGE> 58
annual installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the last day
of the relevant performance period (each a "Payment Date").
Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if the participant's employment
terminates for any reason prior to the end of a given performance period, or if,
after the end of a performance period but prior to the last Payment Date of the
award, the participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the
Company or is terminated for cause, the participant shall forfeit any right to
receive payment of an award for such performance period. However, if, after the
end of a performance period but prior to the last Payment Date of the award, the
participant dies, becomes disabled or is terminated without cause, the
participant or his beneficiary is entitled to payment on the next succeeding
Payment Date of the amount in respect of the award otherwise payable on such
payment date on a prorated basis.
In the event of a change of control (as defined in the Performance Plan),
unless the Committee determines in writing prior to the occurrence of such
change of control, (a) any unpaid amounts due under the Performance Plan in
respect of a previously completed performance period shall be paid in cash
immediately prior to the change of control and (b) in the event the participant
is terminated by the Company without cause during the Performance Period that is
pending at the time the Change of Control occurs, the Company shall pay to the
Participant a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the aggregate value of the
Awards to the participant for the pending but then uncompleted Performance
Period under the Plan, pro rated to reflect the number of calendar days that
shall have passed since the beginning of the Performance Period, and calculated
as to such award by multiplying the Award that the participant would have earned
on the last day of the Performance Period, assuming the achievement, at the
target level, of the individual and corporate performance goals established with
respect to such award, by the fraction obtained by dividing the number of full
months and any fractional portion of a month during such Performance Period
through the date of the participant's termination date by the total number of
months contained in such Performance Period; provided that in the case of either
subsection (a) or subsection (b), the amounts so paid may, in the discretion of
the Committee, be discounted (at such rate(s) as the Committee determines to be
commercially reasonable at such time) to reflect the present value of the
amounts otherwise payable on the scheduled Payment Dates pursuant to the Plan.
Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of a Change of Control,
participants shall have no further rights under the Plan in respect of any
uncompleted Performance Period.
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
As of August 1, 1997, the Company owned 100% of the outstanding capital
stock of IPC (other than the IPC Options held by certain executive officers
which concurrently with the Offerings will be exchanged for shares of the
Company's Common Stock and options exercisable for shares of the Company's
Common Stock). As of August 1, 1997, all issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company were beneficially owned by Acadia, certain related
investors and certain executive officers.
56
<PAGE> 59
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership before and after the Offerings of the Common Stock as of August 1,
1997, (assuming the executive officers had exchanged their IPC Options for
shares of Common Stock and options exercisable for shares of
Common Stock as of such date) by (i) each person known by the Company to be the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each of the directors
of the Company, (iii) each of the named executive officers of the Company, and
(iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. The
following table is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $
(the mid-point of the range of the estimated public offering price set forth on
the cover page hereof).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
PRIOR TO OFFERINGS(1) AFTER OFFERINGS(1)(2)
------------------------------ ------------------------------
NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OF SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY'S PERCENTAGE OF THE COMPANY'S PERCENTAGE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK(3) OF CLASS COMMON STOCK(3) OF CLASS
------------------- ---------------- ---------- ---------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Acadia Partners, L.P.(4)................. (4)
George V. Bayly.......................... (7)
Frank V. Tannura......................... (7)
Thomas S. Ellsworth...................... (7)
Eugene M. Whitacre....................... (7)
Donald C. Devine......................... (7)
Glenn R. August(5)(6)....................
Anthony P. Scotto(6).....................
All directors and officers as a group.... (8)
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
* Represents less than 1% of such Common Stock.
(1) Gives effect to the -for-1 stock split and the conversion of the IPC
Options into shares of the Company's Common Stock and options exercisable
for shares of the Company's Common Stock.
(2) The Company has granted the Underwriters 30-day options to purchase up to
shares of the Company's Common Stock. The table does not reflect
the possible sale of additional shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
options are exercised.
(3) To the knowledge of the Company, each of such stockholders has sole voting
and investment power as to the shares shown unless otherwise noted.
(4) Includes shares held by Acadia and shares held by Acadia Electra Partners,
L.P. ("Electra"), an affiliate of Acadia. Acadia is the general partner of
Electra. The general partner of Acadia is Acadia FW Partners, L.P. ("Acadia
FW"), the managing general partner of which is Acadia MGP, Inc. ("Acadia
MGP"), a corporation controlled by J. Taylor Crandall. As such, Acadia FW,
Acadia MGP and Mr. Crandall may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of
the Company's common stock held by Acadia and Electra. Excludes an aggregate
of shares (approximately %) of the Company's Common Stock owned by
FWHY Coinvestments I Partners, L.P. ("FCP-I"), FWHY Coinvestments III
Partners, L.P. ("FCP-III"), Rosecliff-Ivex Packaging 1990 Partners, L.P.
("RIP") and Rosecliff-IPMC 1991 Partners, L.P. ("RIPMC"), which entities
have entered into a Stockholders Agreement with Acadia, Electra and certain
members of management of the Company in connection with the Offerings (see
"Stockholders Agreement" below). Certain investors in FCP-I, FCP-III, RIP
and RIPMC are employees of, or are otherwise associated with, Acadia or Oak
Hill Partners, Inc., which is the investment advisor to Acadia. The address
of Acadia, Electra, Acadia FW, Acadia MGP, FCP-I, FCP-III and Mr. Crandall
is 3100 Texas Commerce Tower, 201 Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The
address of RIP and RIPMC is 65 East 55th Street, New York, New York
10022-3219.
(5) Mr. August is an officer and director of Acadia MGP (see footnote 4 above).
(6) The address of such individuals is c/o Oak Hill Partners, Inc., 65 East 55th
Street, New York, New York 10022-3219.
57
<PAGE> 60
(7) Represents shares of outstanding Common Stock in the amounts of ,
, , , and that are owned by Messrs.
Bayly, Tannura, Ellsworth, Whitacre and Devine, respectively, and vested and
earned options that are currently exercisable in the amounts of ,
, , and that are owned by Messrs. Bayly,
Tannura, Ellsworth, Whitacre and Devine, respectively.
(8) All directors and officers as a group hold shares of outstanding Common
Stock in the aggregate amount of and vested and earned options that
are currently exercisable for shares of Common Stock.
Under the New Credit Facility, it is expected the Company will pledge to
the banks under the New Credit Facility all of IPC's common stock, par value
$0.01 per share, to collateralize the repayment of IPC's obligations thereunder.
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
In connection with the Offerings, Acadia, certain related investors and the
officers of the Company intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement pursuant
to which they will agree to vote all of their outstanding shares of Common
Stock, for so long as they own such shares, for the director nominees proposed
according to the terms thereof. The Stockholders Agreement is expected to
provide that the stockholders thereto will vote their shares to the effect that
the Board of Directors will consist of up to six members, two of whom will be
initially designated by Acadia, two of whom will be initially designated by Mr.
Bayly or his successor and/or another management employee and two of whom will
be independent directors mutually acceptable to the parties. Acadia is expected
to have the right (until Acadia's and certain related investors' collective
ownership of the outstanding Common Stock falls below 20.0%) to increase the
size of the Board to nine members and designate an additional three directors.
During the time that Acadia and such related investors own more than 12.5% and
less than 20.0% of the outstanding Common Stock, Acadia will be entitled to
designate two directors (if the Board of Directors has six directors) or three
directors (if the Board of Directors has more than six directors), and during
the time that Acadia and its related investors own more than 5.0% and less than
12.5% of the outstanding Common Stock, Acadia will be entitled to designate one
director. Also, during the time that Ivex's management own 7.5% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock, Mr. Bayly or his successor and/or another management
employee will be entitled to designate two directors, and during the time that
Ivex's management owns more than 5.0% and less than 7.5% such management will be
entitled to designate one director. The term of such agreement is ten years,
subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including
the point at which Acadia's and such related investors' holdings of Common Stock
fall below 5.0% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
On or about December 17, 1992, Penobscot-MB Partners (an affiliate of
Acadia) ("Penobscot-MB") and IPC entered into a consulting agreement. Under this
consulting agreement, IPC has agreed to pay Penobscot-MB $400,000 per year and
Penobscot-MB will provide to IPC certain general financial advisory and other
consulting services customarily provided by merchant banks. In addition, IPC has
agreed to pay Penobscot-MB certain customary fees in connection with future
acquisitions, divestitures, credit arrangements and corporate finance advice and
to indemnify Penobscot-MB against certain liabilities in connection with its
services to IPC. Concurrently with the closing of the Offerings, IPC and
Penobscot-MB will amend this agreement to provide that Penobscot's fee will
decline to $200,000 at the time when Acadia and its related investors'
collective ownership of the outstanding Common Stock falls to below 35.0% and
that the agreement will terminate at the time when Acadia and its related
investors collectively own less than 20.0% of the outstanding Common Stock.
On or about December 17, 1992, IPC, its subsidiaries and the Company
entered into a tax sharing agreement pursuant to which IPC and its subsidiaries
will pay to the Company their respective shares of the Company's consolidated
tax liability.
Mr. Bayly and IPC are parties to an Employment Agreement, which provides
for, among other things, the employment of Mr. Bayly by IPC and a Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to which, among other things,
58
<PAGE> 61
Mr. Bayly has the option to purchase certain shares of IPC's common stock. See
"Executive Compensation -- Summary Compensation Table" and "Management --
Certain Employment Arrangements."
Mr. Tannura and IPC are parties to an Employment Agreement, which provides
for, among other things, the employment of Mr. Tannura by IPC and a Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Mr. Tannura has the option to
purchase certain shares of IPC's common stock. See "Executive Compensation --
Summary Compensation Table" and "Management -- Certain Employment Arrangements."
Pursuant to a consulting agreement, dated October 29, 1996, Nicolaus Paper
Inc. ("Nicolaus") pays IPC a performance-based consulting fee in an annual
amount between $250,000 and $500,000 for certain services rendered to Nicolaus
by IPC. Certain executive officers and directors of the Company together with
certain members of management of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) own all of the outstanding common stock of Nicolaus. It is also
expected that IPC will purchase certain grades of paper from Nicolaus for use in
IPC's paper converting operations at market prices.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offerings, pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Stock and Stock Option Agreement among the Company and
certain members of management, including Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Ellsworth,
Whitacre and Devine, all of the IPC Options are expected to be exchanged for
shares of Common Stock and vested and earned options exercisable at
any time on or prior to January 1, 2003 into an aggregate of shares of
the Company's Common Stock at the initial public offering price per share with
respect to the Offerings. See "Executive Compensation -- Summary Compensation
Table" (footnote 4) and "Principal Stockholders." In addition, management will
have the right to have their shares of Common Stock registered by the Company in
the event that Acadia's shares of Common Stock are registered under the
Registration Rights Agreement. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale --
Registration Rights." Also, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stock and Stock
Option Agreement, the Company is expected to agree to lend the management
stockholders an amount equal to the aggregate tax liability, on a grossed-up
basis, incurred by them upon their exchange of the IPC Options. Such loan will
be non-recourse (other than to such shares) and will bear interest at the
minimum permissible rate per annum allowable under the Code without imputation
of income, payable in arrears on each December 31, commencing December 31, 1997,
and is payable in full upon the earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of
the date of the Offerings and (ii) the termination of the management
stockholder's employment with the Company for any reason, but in no event on or
before the date such shares are registered pursuant to a registration statement
that has been declared effective.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summaries of the Amended Certificate and Amended By-laws are
intended to describe all relevant material provisions thereof; however, such
summaries are qualified by reference to such Amended Certificate and Amended
By-laws, copies of which will be filed with the Commission.
Prior to the completion of the Offerings, the Company's Board of Directors
and stockholders will approve the Amended Certificate and a -for-1 stock split
of the Common Stock. After giving effect thereto and the consummation of the
Offerings, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of
shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of which shares will
be outstanding, and shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value, of
which no shares will be outstanding.
COMMON STOCK
Following the Offerings, shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding, assuming an initial public offering price of per share
(the mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on
the cover page hereof). Certain officers of the Company will beneficially own
shares of such Common Stock and options exercisable into an aggregate
of shares of the Company's Common Stock and shares of such
Common Stock will have been reserved for issuance under the 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan. As of, or promptly after, the closing of the Offerings, the Company
expects that options to acquire approximately shares of Common Stock
will have been, or will be, issued under
59
<PAGE> 62
this Plan. See "Management -- 1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan." All of the
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and upon completion of the
Offerings the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and
non-assessable. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share
on all matters voted upon by stockholders and have no preemptive or other rights
to subscribe for additional securities of the Company. Each share of Common
Stock has an equal and ratable right to receive dividends when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available therefor. The
13 1/4% Discount Indenture restricts the Company's ability to pay cash dividends
to holders of Common Stock, unless amended. See "Risk Factors -- Substantial
Leverage," "Dividend Policy" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Company, the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share equally
and ratably in the distribution of all of the Company's assets remaining
available for distribution after satisfaction of all its liabilities and the
payment of the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock,
if any. Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on
under the symbol " ".
PREFERRED STOCK
The Amended Certificate will authorize the Board of Directors to issue
preferred stock in classes or series and to establish the designations,
preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or series
with respect to the rate and nature of dividends, the price and terms and
conditions on which shares may be redeemed, the terms and conditions for
conversion or exchange into any other class or series of the stock, voting
rights and other terms. The Company may then issue, without approval of the
holders of Common Stock, preferred stock which has voting, dividend or
liquidation rights superior to the Common Stock and which may adversely affect
the rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of the Company. The Company has no present plan
to issue any shares of preferred stock.
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
As permitted by the Delaware GCL, the directors will be indemnified against
certain expenses and liabilities incurred in their capacities as directors of
the Company when acting in good faith and cannot be held personally liable for
certain breaches of their fiduciary duty of care, as described below.
The Amended Certificate will provide for the Board of Directors to be
divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms. As a result, only
one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their
respective terms.
The Amended Certificate also will provide that directors may be removed
from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least two-thirds of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company. Vacancies
on the Board of Directors, including those resulting from an increase in the
number of directors, may be filled only by the remaining directors, not by
stockholders.
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Company may be effected only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and
will not be permitted to be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting
(except that stockholders may take action by written consent in lieu of a
meeting during the time period that the Stockholders Agreement remains in
effect). The Amended Certificate and the Amended By-Laws also will provide that
special meetings of stockholders may only be called by a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a
special meeting or to require that the Board of Directors call a special meeting
of stockholders.
Certain provisions contained in the Amended Certificate, including those
relating to the size and classification of the Board of Directors, the removal
of directors, the prohibition on action by written consent and the calling of
special meetings, may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two-thirds of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company. In
addition, the Amended Certificate will provide
60
<PAGE> 63
that the Amended By-Laws may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or
by a vote of two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office.
The Amended Certificate and the Amended By-Laws will establish an advance
notice procedure for nomination, other than by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors, of candidates for election as directors, as well as for other
stockholder proposals to be considered at annual meetings of stockholders. In
general, notice of intent to nominate a director or raise business at such
meeting must be received by the Company not less than 60 nor more than 90 days
prior to the scheduled annual meeting, and must contain certain specified
information concerning the person to be nominated or the matter to be brought
before the meeting.
The foregoing provisions could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or
making more difficult certain attempts to acquire the Company or to remove
incumbent directors even if a majority of the Company's stockholders were to
deem such an attempt to be in the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders.
PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
The Delaware GCL authorizes a Delaware corporation to eliminate or limit
the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director and,
accordingly, the Company's Amended Certificate will include a provision
eliminating liability for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except: (i) for any breach of the duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or (iv) for
willful or negligent payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or
redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. Pursuant to the Delaware GCL,
directors of the Company are not insulated from liability for breach of their
duty of loyalty (requiring that, in making a business decision, directors act in
good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best
interest of the corporation), or for claims arising under the Federal securities
laws. The foregoing provision of the Amended Certificate may reduce the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and may discourage or
deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for
breaches of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful,
might otherwise have benefitted the Company and its stockholders. In addition,
the Amended Certificate will provide that such provision may only be amended by
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding voting
stock of the Company.
CERTAIN STATUTORY PROVISIONS
Section 203 of the Delaware GCL contains certain provisions that may make
more difficult the acquisition of control of the Company by means of a tender
offer, open market purchase, proxy fight or otherwise. These provisions are
designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to
negotiate with the Board of Directors. However, these provisions could have the
effect of discouraging a prospective acquiror from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. To the extent that these
provisions discourage takeover attempts, they could deprive stockholders of
opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares or could depress the
market price of shares. Set forth below is a description of the relevant
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware GCL. The description is intended as
summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 203 of the
Delaware GCL.
Section 203 of the Delaware GCL prohibits certain "business combination"
transactions between a publicly held Delaware corporation, such as the Company
after the Offerings, and any "interested stockholder" for a period of three
years after the date on which such stockholder became an interested stockholder,
unless (i) the board of directors approves, prior to such date, either the
proposed business combination or the proposed acquisition of stock which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction in which the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder, the interested stockholder acquires at least 85% of those shares of
the voting stock of the corporation which are not held by the directors,
officers or certain employee stock plans or (iii) on or subsequent to the
consummation date, the business combination with the interested stockholder is
approved by the board of directors and also approved
61
<PAGE> 64
at a stockholders' meeting by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the corporation's voting stock other
than shares held by the interested stockholder. For purposes of Section 203, a
"business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock. A corporation may, at its option, exclude itself
from the coverage of Section 203 by amending its charter or by-laws by action of
its stockholders to exempt itself from coverage, provided that such by-law or
charter amendment shall not become effective until 12 months after the date it
is adopted. The Company has not elected to opt out of Section 203 of the
Delaware GCL pursuant to its terms.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar for the Common
Stock is First Chicago Trust Company of New York.
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following summaries of the agreements governing the outstanding
long-term indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries are intended to
describe all relevant material provisions thereof; however, such summaries are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the various agreements described
herein, copies of which (except for the New Credit Facility) have been filed
with the Commission. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed to them in the applicable agreement.
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
The New Credit Facility is expected to provide for aggregate maximum
borrowings by IPC of an aggregate principal amount originally of up to $475
million to be provided by the several banks thereunder, consisting of (i) term
loans in an original aggregate amount of $300 million, consisting of a new Term
A loan in an original principal amount of $150 million (the "Term A Loan") and a
Term B loan in an original principal amount of $150 million (the "Term B Loan"
and, collectively with the Term A Loan, the "New Term Loan Facility"); and (ii)
a revolving credit facility (the "New Revolving Credit Facility") providing for
borrowings by IPC of revolving loans of up to $175 million, up to $65 million of
which may be in the form of letters of credit (the "New Revolving Loans"). The
New Term Loan and the New Revolving Loans are collectively referred to herein as
the "New Loans."
A commitment fee of % per annum is payable on the committed but unused
portions of the New Revolving Credit Facility. The interest rate of the New
Loans can be, at the election of IPC, based upon LIBOR or the Alternative Base
Rate (to be defined in the New Credit Facility) and are, subject to certain
performance pricing adjustments, based upon IPC's Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio (to
be defined in the New Credit Facility). The Term A Loan and the New Revolving
Loans that are LIBOR loans will bear interest at % per annum plus LIBOR.
The Term B Loans that are LIBOR loans will bear interest at % per annum plus
LIBOR. The New Revolving Loans and the Term A Loans that are Alternative Base
Rate loans will bear interest at % per annum plus the Alternative Base
Rate. The Term B Loans that are Alternative Base Rate Loans will bear interest
at % per annum plus the Alternative Base Rate.
The Term A Loan is expected to be required to be repaid in quarterly
payments totalling $ , , , , , and
per annum and the Term B Loan is expected to be required to be repaid in
quarterly payments totalling $ million per annum and one installment of $
million at maturity. The New Revolving Credit Facility and the Term A Loan will
terminate on and the Term B Loan will terminate on , respectively.
IPC may prepay the New Term Loan Facility in accordance with the terms of the
New Credit Facility. Subject to the provisions of the New Credit Facility, IPC
will be able to, from time to time, borrow, repay and reborrow under the New
Revolving Credit Facility.
All net cash proceeds from the sale of assets of IPC and its subsidiaries
in excess of a certain minimum amount and 50% of Excess Cash Flow (to be defined
in the New Credit Facility) must, with certain
62
<PAGE> 65
exceptions, be applied to repay the New Term Loan Facility. Any such mandatory
prepayments of the New Term Loan Facility is to be applied first to the New Term
Loan Facility, if any, and second to the permanent reduction of the New
Revolving Credit Facility.
The New Term Loan Facility and the other obligations under the New Credit
Facility are expected to be guaranteed by the Company and IPC's subsidiaries and
are to be secured by (i) a pledge of the capital stock of IPC and each of IPC's
subsidiaries; (ii) grants of security interests in substantially all of the
assets of IPC and its subsidiaries; and (iii) mortgages on the real property of
IPC and its subsidiaries. Certain interest rate hedging arrangements with
respect to the New Term Loan Facility will be secured pari passu with the New
Term Loan Facility and the other obligations under the New Credit Facility.
The New Credit Facility is expected to contain restrictive covenants
typical in facilities of its type, including, among others, the following: (i)
delivery of financial statements and other reports; (ii) compliance
certificates; (iii) notices of default, material litigation and material
governmental and environmental proceedings; (iv) compliance with laws; (v)
payment of taxes; (vi) maintenance of insurance; (vii) limitation on liens (to
include standard exceptions and to permit the receivables securitization
financing, if any); (viii) limitations on mergers, consolidations and sales of
assets (with the asset sale restriction to include standard exceptions and to
permit the receivables securitization financing, if any); (ix) limitations on
incurrence of debt; (x) limitations on dividends and stock redemptions; (xi)
except as otherwise therein specifically provided for, prohibition on the
repayment and/or defeasance of any subordinated debt; (xii) limitations on
investments; (xiii) certain ERISA covenants; and (xiv) restrictions on
transactions with affiliates.
In addition to the covenants described above, the New Credit Facility is
expected to contain financial covenants with respect to, among others, (i) the
ratio of EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Charges (to be defined in the New
Credit Facility); (ii) the ratio of EBITDA to Fixed Charges (to be defined in
the New Credit Facility); (iii) the ratio of Total Debt (to be defined in the
New Credit Facility) to EBITDA; and (iv) IPC's Net Worth (to be defined in the
New Credit Facility).
The New Credit Facility is expected to provide for events of default
typical in facilities of its type, including, among others, the following: (i)
nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; (ii) violation of
covenants; (iii) inaccuracy of representations and warranties; (iv)
cross-default of other indebtedness; (v) bankruptcy and other similar events;
(vi) material unsatisfied judgments; (vii) certain ERISA events; (viii)
invalidity of any loan documents or security interests; and (ix) change in
control (to be defined in the New Credit Facility).
THE 13 1/4% DISCOUNT DEBENTURES
The Company presently intends to commence a tender offer and consent
solicitation to purchase all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
See "The Refinancing."
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are general unsecured obligations of the
Company, limited to $160 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on
March 15, 2005. The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures were issued for aggregate
consideration of $65 million and are subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, including, without
limitation, all obligations of the Company under the Existing Credit Facility.
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures also are structurally subordinated to all
indebtedness of IPC and its subsidiaries.
Prior to March 15, 2000, interest is not payable in cash on the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures but continues to accrete. Interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures will be payable in cash semi-annually on each March 15 and September
15, commencing September 15, 2000, to holders of record of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures at the close of business on the March 1 and September 1 next
preceding the interest payment date. Interest will accrue from the most recent
interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or,
if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from March 15, 2000. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
63
<PAGE> 66
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture provides that, upon occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures at 101% of the accreted value thereof.
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the
option of the Company, at any time, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture restricts the ability of the Company and its
subsidiaries to incur, issue, assume or guarantee indebtedness unless certain
financial requirements are met. The Company and its subsidiaries are prohibited,
with certain limited exceptions, from declaring or paying any dividends,
purchasing, acquiring or redeeming for value any capital stock of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, making payments with respect to subordinated
indebtedness, or making any other Restricted Payments unless (i) no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment; (ii) immediately after giving effect
to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or
made after the issue date of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures does not exceed the
sum of (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company (or 100% of any
loss) from January 1, 1993 through the most recent full fiscal quarter, taken as
one accounting period, plus (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds from the
issue or sale of equity securities of the Company, with certain exceptions, plus
(3) $2.5 million; and (iii) at the time of and immediately after giving effect
to such Restricted Payment, the Company would be entitled to incur additional
indebtedness, subject to a minimum fixed coverage ratio. The Company is
prohibited from creating any additional restrictions on the ability of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer
assets to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company and its
subsidiaries are also limited in their ability to engage in transactions with
affiliates, create liens, incur senior indebtedness or engage in certain
material acquisitions, sale and leaseback transactions or asset sales.
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture provides for customary events of default and
provides that if an event of default (other than an event of default resulting
from bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and
continues, then either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures may declare the accreted
value (if such event of default occurs on or prior to March 15, 2000) or the
principal amount and accrued interest thereon, if any (if such event of default
occurs after March 15, 2000) on all of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures to be
immediately due and payable.
OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Any 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes that are not repurchased pursuant to the
Subordinated Note Offer may be redeemed by IPC on December 15, 1997. In
addition, certain of the Company's subsidiaries have an aggregate of
approximately $ million principal amount of indebtedness (excluding
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility) that will remain outstanding after
the Offerings. Of this amount, $ million in principal amount of such
indebtedness relates to industrial development revenue bonds ("IRBs") secured by
letters of credit under the Existing Credit Facility. Interest on the IRBs is
exempt from federal income taxation, and a determination by the Internal Revenue
Service that such exemption is no longer applicable would cause the mandatory
redemption of the IRBs with resulting draws upon the letters of credit. The
Company expects that the existing letters of credit (including those issued in
connection with the IRBs) that were issued pursuant to the Existing Credit
Facility will remain in place after the Offerings and will be included within
the New Credit Facility. Certain of the IRBs are secured by certain real estate
and other assets of the Company's subsidiaries.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offerings, shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding. Of such shares, the shares sold in the Offerings will be
freely tradeable by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company without
restriction or registration under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding
shares of Common Stock were acquired by existing stockholders without
registration under the Securities Act and are "restricted securities" for
purposes of the Securities Act. Of such amount, Acadia, certain related
investors
64
<PAGE> 67
and certain officers of the Company will beneficially own immediately following
the Offerings shares of Common Stock. Such shares may be sold in the
future under Rule 144 which contains volume and manner of sales limitations. See
"Principal Stockholders." In addition, certain officers of the Company will
beneficially own options exercisable into shares of the Common Stock.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) (including affiliates of the Company) who has
beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, will be entitled to
sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately
shares immediately after the Offerings); or (ii) the average weekly
trading volume during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on
which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule
144 are subject to certain requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice
and availability of current public information about the Company. A person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted
shares for at least two years and who is not an affiliate of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale is entitled to sell such
shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described
above. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.
Of the restricted securities outstanding following the Offerings,
approximately million shares will have been held for at least one year and
will be eligible for resale subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule
144.
Upon the consummation of the Offerings, the Company expects to file one or
more Registration Statements on Form S-8 to register the shares covered by such
officers' stock options as well as the shares of Common Stock covered by the
1997 Stock Incentive Plan under the Securities Act.
Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following
the Offerings, or the possibility that such sales may occur, may adversely
affect the prevailing market price of the Common Stock. Also, prior to the
Offerings, there has been no public trading market for the Common Stock and no
predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of
Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sales will have
on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public markets could adversely affect
prevailing market prices.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into by and among
the Company, Acadia and the other stockholders listed therein, Acadia and/or
holders owning at least 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock will have
certain shelf, demand and piggyback registration rights. The Registration Rights
Agreement will provide such stockholders with the right to request one or more
"shelf" registrations (each, a "Shelf Registration") at any time after the
Company is required to file periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). The Registration Rights Agreement also
will provide that at any time when a Shelf Registration is not in effect or not
available for use by the holders of Common Stock, Acadia and/or the holders of
at least 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company have the
right to make up to three requests (in the aggregate) for an underwritten
offering registered under the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration") of all or
part of such stockholders' Common Stock subject to the Registration Rights
Agreement. In the event that a Demand Registration is not declared effective
within 120 days after a request is delivered, stockholders then acquire the
right to request one additional Demand Registration. The Company may delay a
Demand Registration otherwise required to be prepared and filed under the
Registration Rights Agreement for up to 180 days under certain circumstances if
such registration would, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, interfere
with any material acquisition or financing transaction then being pursued by the
Company. This right to delay registration may not be used more than once in any
twelve-month period.
In addition, in connection with any registration by the Company of its
Common Stock, the Company is required to notify the stockholders subject to the
Registration Rights Agreement of such registration and include in such
registration all registrable Common Stock with respect to which the Company has
received
65
<PAGE> 68
written requests for inclusion therein unless the underwriters determine that
the number of shares requested to be included in such registration will have a
material adverse effect on such registration, in which case only shares which
may be sold without any such material adverse effect will be included, on a
pro-rata basis. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required
to bear all costs and expenses of each such registration (other than the
underwriters' commissions or discounts which are to be borne by the sellers),
and the stockholders and the Company have agreed to indemnify each other against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Management also has the right to have their shares of Common Stock
registered by the Company (on the same terms and conditions as Acadia) in the
event Acadia's shares of Common Stock are registered under the Registration
Rights Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions --
Transactions with Management."
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of certain United States Federal tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Common Stock by a
holder that, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is not a "United
States person" (a "Non-United States Holder"). This discussion is based upon the
United States Federal tax law now in effect, which is subject to change,
possibly retroactively. For purposes of this discussion, a "United States
person" means a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation,
partnership, or other entity created or organized in the United States or under
the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; an estate
whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal income tax
purposes regardless of its source; or a "United States Trust." A United States
Trust is (a) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, or if the
trustee of a trust elects to apply the following definition to an earlier
taxable year, any trust if, and only if, (i) a court within the United States is
able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and
(ii) one or more United States trustees have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust, and (b) for all other taxable years, any
trust whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal
income tax purposes regardless of its source. This discussion does not consider
any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-United
States Holder. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the United States Federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and
disposing of Common Stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under
the laws of any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction.
DIVIDENDS
Dividends paid to a Non-United States Holder will generally be subject to
withholding of United States Federal income tax at the rate of 30% unless the
dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
the United States by the Non-United States Holder (or if certain tax treaties
apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by
such Non-United States Holder), in which case the dividend will be subject to
the United States Federal income tax on net income on the same basis that
applies to United States persons generally. In the case of a Non-United States
Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected income also may be
subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
corporation on the repatriation from the United States of effectively connected
earnings and profits). Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable
income tax treaties that may provide for a lower rate of withholding or other
rules different from those described above. A Non-United States Holder may be
required to satisfy certain certification requirements in order to claim treaty
benefits or otherwise claim a reduction of or exemption from withholding under
the foregoing rules.
66
<PAGE> 69
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States
Federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of Common
Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder or, if tax
treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment
maintained by the Non-United States Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-United
States Holder who is a nonresident alien individual and holds the Common Stock
as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more
days in the taxable year of disposition or either such individual has a "tax
home" in the United States or the gain is attributable to an office or other
fixed place of business maintained by such individual in the United States,
(iii) the Company is or has been a "United States real property holding
corporation" for United States Federal income tax purposes (which the Company
does not believe that it is or likely to become) and the Non-United States
Holder holds or has held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the
five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the Common
Stock or (iv) the Non-United States Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, provisions applicable to certain
United States expatriates. Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder
will be subject to the United States Federal income tax on net income on the
same basis that applies to United States persons generally (and, with respect to
corporate holders, under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax) but will
not be subject to withholding. Non-United States Holders should consult any
applicable treaties that may provide for different rules.
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
citizen or resident of the United States at the date of death will be included
in such individual's estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes,
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to
each Non-United States Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax
withheld with respect to, such holder, regardless of whether any tax was
actually withheld. This information may also be made available to the tax
authorities of a country in which the Non-United States Holder resides.
Under the temporary United States Treasury regulations, United States
information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax at a rate of 31%
will generally apply to dividends paid on the Common Stock to a Non-United
States Holder and to payments by a United States office of a broker of the
proceeds of a sale of Common Stock to a Non-United States Holder unless the
holder certifies its Non-United States Holder status under penalties of perjury
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting requirements (but
not backup withholding) will also apply to payments of the proceeds of sales of
Common Stock by foreign offices of United States brokers, or foreign brokers
with certain types of relationships to the United States, unless the broker has
documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-United States
Holder and certain other conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes
an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the Non-United
States Holder's United States Federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
These information reporting and backup withholding rules are under review
by the United States Treasury, and their application to the Common Stock could
be changed by future regulations. On April 22, 1996, proposed Treasury
Regulations were published in the Federal Register concerning the withholding of
tax and reporting for certain amounts paid to nonresident individuals and
foreign corporations. The proposed Treasury Regulations, if adopted in their
present form, would be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the potential
adoption of such proposed Treasury Regulations and the potential effect on their
ownership of Common Stock.
67
<PAGE> 70
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"),
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon Brothers Inc are acting as representatives (the
"U.S. Representatives") of each of the Underwriters named below (the "U.S.
Underwriters"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a U.S. purchase
agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") among the Company, the Selling
Stockholder and the U.S. Underwriters, and concurrently with the sale of
shares of Common Stock to the International Managers (as defined below), the
Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and each of the U.S.
Underwriters severally has agreed to purchase from the Company, the number of
shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
U.S. UNDERWRITER SHARES
---------------- ---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Salomon Brothers Inc
---------
Total..........................................
=========
</TABLE>
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have also entered into an
international purchase agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") with
certain underwriters outside the United States and Canada (the "International
Managers" and, together with the U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters") for whom
Merrill Lynch International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and Salomon
Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers (the "Lead
Managers"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the International
Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of shares of Common
Stock to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to the International Managers, and the International
Managers severally have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of
shares of Common Stock. The initial offering price per share and the total
underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
In the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement,
the several U.S. Underwriters and the several International Managers,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers are conditioned upon one another.
The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling
Stockholder that the U.S. Underwriters proposed initially to offer the shares of
Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a
concession not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock. The U.S.
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess
of $ per share of Common Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the
initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may
be changed.
The Company has granted an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable for
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discount.
The U.S. Underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if
any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that the
U.S. Underwriters exercise this option, each U.S. Underwriter
68
<PAGE> 71
will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of
additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such U.S. Underwriter's
initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company also has granted an
option to the International Managers, exercisable for 30 days after the date of
this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of
Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted
to the U.S. Underwriters.
The Company, its executive officers and directors and all existing
stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or
indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares
of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for Common Stock, whether now owned or thereafter acquired by the person
executing the agreement or with respect to which the person executing the
agreement thereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to the foregoing except for the
registration under the Securities Act of the Shares issuable under the 1997
Stock Incentive Plan and issuable under the option agreements of certain
officers of the Company that may be registered on Form S-8 or any such successor
form or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or
in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any
such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill
Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") that provides for the
coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the
U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are permitted to sell shares of
Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering
price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms
of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common
Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons,
and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common
Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or
to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the
Intersyndicate Agreement.
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined
through negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S.
Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were
price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the
Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in
which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the
Company, the present state of the Company's development, and the above factors
in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies
engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock
will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the
initial public offering price.
Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on ,
subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol " ".
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
69
<PAGE> 72
Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these
rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions
that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids
or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
Common Stock.
If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offerings, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the
open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain
Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S.
Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the
Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they
may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and
selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings.
In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither
the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
An affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc. is a limited partner investor in funds
for which Acadia is the general partner and which own Ivex Common Stock.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1996 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report
of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Offerings will be passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), Chicago,
Illinois and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock being offered by
this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, certain portions
of which have been omitted as permitted by the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. For further information with respect
to the Company and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made
to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, copies of which
may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission or
examined without charge at (i) the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
70
<PAGE> 73
Washington, D.C. 20549, and (ii) the Commission's regional offices located at
Northwest Atrium Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Such
reports and other information may also be accessed through the Commission's
electronic data gathering, analysis and retrieval system via electronic means,
including the Commission's web site on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or
other document are intended to discuss all relevant material provisions thereof;
however, in each instance where such contract or other document is an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and each such
statement is qualified in all respects by such reference.
The Company is not currently subject to the informational requirements of
the Exchange Act because prior to the Offerings the Company was not required to
register under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and did not have securities
registered on a national securities exchange under Section 12(b) of the Exchange
Act. However, since March 1993, the Company has agreed to voluntarily comply
with such informational requirements under the terms of the 13 1/4% Discount
Indenture. As a result of the Offerings, the Company will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will
be required to file reports and other information with the Commission.
71
<PAGE> 74
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Audited Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Accountants......................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and
1996................................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996.......................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
Deficit for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996.......................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-7
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and June
30, 1997............................................... F-17
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997........................... F-18
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
Deficit for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
six months ended June 30, 1997......................... F-19
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997........................... F-20
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-21
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 75
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Ivex Packaging Corporation:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and related
consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' deficit, and
of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Ivex Packaging Corporation ("the Company") and its subsidiaries at December
31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
January 21, 1997, except as to Notes 5 and 14,
which are as of March 24, 1997
F-2
<PAGE> 76
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 4,830 $ 2,822
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance............... 46,077 51,638
Inventories............................................... 44,050 49,023
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 5,417 5,395
--------- ---------
Total current assets................................. 100,374 108,878
--------- ---------
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Buildings and improvements................................ 47,108 49,038
Machinery and equipment................................... 208,820 231,526
Construction in progress.................................. 4,159 8,069
--------- ---------
260,087 288,633
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.......................... (102,098) (123,957)
--------- ---------
157,989 164,676
Land...................................................... 7,504 8,304
--------- ---------
Total property, plant and equipment.................. 165,493 172,980
--------- ---------
Other assets:
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization................. 13,938 20,506
Miscellaneous............................................. 15,106 13,537
--------- ---------
Total other assets................................... 29,044 34,043
--------- ---------
Total Assets................................................ $ 294,911 $ 315,901
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 5,128 $ 5,921
Accounts payable.......................................... 31,934 36,748
Accrued salary and wages.................................. 7,781 8,603
Self insurance reserves................................... 6,339 7,453
Accrued rebates and discounts............................. 2,817 3,824
Accrued interest.......................................... 1,747 1,680
Other accrued expenses.................................... 6,538 12,110
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities............................ 62,284 76,339
--------- ---------
Long-Term Debt.............................................. 353,717 352,893
--------- ---------
Other Long-Term Liabilities................................. 6,472 5,243
--------- ---------
Deferred Income Taxes....................................... 8,770 8,770
--------- ---------
Commitments.................................................
--------- ---------
Stockholders' Deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par
value -- 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,072,246 shares
issued and outstanding................................. 11 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (312,234) (303,566)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (1,484) (1,164)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit.......................... (136,332) (127,344)
--------- ---------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit................. $ 294,911 $ 315,901
========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-3
<PAGE> 77
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Gross sales.............................................. $ 418,502 $ 483,689 $ 485,039
Freight out.............................................. 15,875 16,001 16,229
Discounts and returns.................................... 11,652 16,119 17,003
---------- ---------- ----------
Net sales................................................ 390,975 451,569 451,807
Cost of goods sold....................................... 316,704 366,409 351,424
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit............................................. 74,271 85,160 100,383
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling................................................ 18,166 18,027 20,306
Administrative......................................... 23,496 24,540 27,156
Amortization of intangibles............................ 1,140 1,904 621
Write-off of goodwill.................................. 13,471
Special charges........................................ 4,960
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses.......................... 42,802 62,902 48,083
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations................................... 31,469 22,258 52,300
Interest expense......................................... 39,820 43,270 42,732
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
item................................................... (8,351) (21,012) 9,568
Income tax provision..................................... (942) (1,113) (900)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.................. (9,293) (22,125) 8,668
Extraordinary loss....................................... (2,359)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)........................................ $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668
========== ========== ==========
Earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item................ $ (8.67) $ (20.63) $ 8.08
Extraordinary loss..................................... (2.20)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)...................................... $ (8.67) $ (22.83) $ 8.08
========== ========== ==========
Average shares outstanding............................... 1,072,246 1,072,246 1,072,246
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-4
<PAGE> 78
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IVEX PACKAGING
CORPORATION PAID IN FOREIGN
COMMON STOCK CAPITAL CURRENCY
------------------ IN EXCESS OF ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT PAR VALUE DEFICIT ADJUSTMENT DEFICIT
------ ------ ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1993....................... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(278,457) $ (508) $(101,579)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. (394) (394)
Net loss................... (9,293) (9,293)
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1994....................... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (287,750) (902) (111,266)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. (582) (582)
Net loss................... (24,484) (24,484)
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1995....................... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (312,234) (1,484) (136,332)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. 320 320
Net income................. 8,668 8,668
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1996....................... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(303,566) $(1,164) $(127,344)
========= === ======== ========= ======= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-5
<PAGE> 79
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)......................................... $ (9,293) $(24,484) $ 8,668
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
from operating activities:
Depreciation of properties............................ 21,049 20,496 22,103
Amortization of intangibles and debt issue costs...... 3,058 19,689 2,028
Deferred income taxes................................. (106)
Write-down of property, plant and equipment, net...... 760
Non-cash interest..................................... 9,916 11,232 12,801
-------- -------- --------
24,624 27,693 45,600
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable................................... (9,461) (550) 528
Inventories........................................... (10,871) 4,371 (743)
Prepaid expenses and other............................ (719) (930) 621
Accounts payable...................................... 10,322 (8,486) 1,516
Accrued expenses and other liabilities................ 1,752 648 1,680
-------- -------- --------
Net cash from operating activities................. 15,647 22,746 49,202
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from senior credit facilities.................... 60,000
Payment of senior credit facilities....................... (5,342) (59,870) (5,000)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility................... 8,500
Payment of revolving credit facility...................... (8,500)
Payment of debt issue costs............................... (569) (2,779) (296)
Other, net................................................ (191) (185) 722
-------- -------- --------
Net cash from (used by) financing activities....... (6,102) 5,666 (13,074)
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment................. (16,769) (19,385) (17,633)
Proceeds from the sale of real estate..................... 1,305 1,034
Acquisition of CFI Industries, Inc., net of cash
acquired................................................ (17,262)
Acquisition of the net assets of Trio Products............ (3,524)
Acquisition of the net assets of Packaging Products,
Inc..................................................... (11,735)
Other, net................................................ 2,407 215 283
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used by investing activities.............. (13,057) (29,871) (38,136)
-------- -------- --------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................... (3,512) (1,459) (2,008)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............. 9,801 6,289 4,830
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................... $ 6,289 $ 4,830 $ 2,822
======== ======== ========
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest................................................ $ 27,740 $ 30,004 $ 28,592
Income taxes............................................ 935 1,052 1,199
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
Issuance of non-current note for accounts receivable.... 2,000 1,000
The Company purchased all of the capital stock of CFI
Industries, Inc. In conjunction with the acquisition,
liabilities were assumed as follows:
Fair value of assets acquired......................... $ 27,127
Cash paid for the capital stock....................... (18,423)
--------
Liabilities assumed................................... $ 8,704
========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-6
<PAGE> 80
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION:
Ivex Packaging Corporation (the "Company") owns 100% of the common stock of
IPC, Inc. ("IPC"). The Company is a holding company with no operations of its
own and is dependent on the operating cash flow of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries in
order to pay principal and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual
obligations to distribute any such cash flow to the Company.
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Nature of operations
The Company's subsidiary, IPC, engages in the business of manufacturing
plastic and paper packaging products for different end-use packaging
applications principally with customers in North America. These applications
include: (i) the integrated production and conversion of oriented polystyrene
sheet and other plastic sheet into thermoformed packaging products and the sale
of such sheet to other packaging thermoformers; (ii) the manufacture and sale of
coated and laminated unbleached kraft paper and plastic materials and single
face corrugated products as protective materials in the packaging of industrial
products; and (iii) the manufacture and sale of unbleached kraft paper and
various lightweight specialty grades of paper for industrial and food service
packaging applications. Accordingly, the accompanying financial data are
reported as a single segment.
Principles of consolidation
All the accounts of the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company have been
consolidated. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been
eliminated.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of products.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all short-term deposits with initial maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable........................................ $48,089 $53,718
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.................... (2,012) (2,080)
------- -------
$46,077 $51,638
======= =======
</TABLE>
Accounts receivable from sales to customers are unsecured.
F-7
<PAGE> 81
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method to determine the cost of raw materials and finished
goods.
Inventories at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials.............................................. $24,148 $26,483
Finished goods............................................. 19,902 22,540
------- -------
$44,050 $49,023
======= =======
</TABLE>
Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred; major
improvements are capitalized.
During the first quarter of 1995, IPC revised the estimated remaining
useful lives of certain machinery and equipment to more closely reflect expected
remaining lives. The effect of this change in accounting estimate resulted in a
decrease in IPC's annual depreciation of $1,800 in 1995 and in each year
thereafter until the assets are fully depreciated.
Income taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the
Company generally considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax law or rates.
Employee benefit plans
IPC and its subsidiaries have defined contribution and defined benefit
plans covering substantially all employees. IPC's contributions to the defined
contribution plans are determined by matching employee contributions and by
discretionary contributions. Defined benefit plan contributions are determined
by independent actuaries and are generally funded in the minimum amount required
by the Internal Revenue Service in a given year.
IPC provides limited post retirement benefits to a select group of
employees. The current period cost and reserves related to these benefits are
not material.
Goodwill and other long-lived assets
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets
acquired and is being amortized using the straight-line method over a forty year
period. Accumulated amortization was $18,315 and $18,781 as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, respectively.
During 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be
recoverable. If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without
interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset an impairment
loss
F-8
<PAGE> 82
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
is recognized. Otherwise, an impairment loss is not recognized. The effect of
adopting this new accounting standard did not have an impact on the financial
position of the Company. Prior to 1996, an impairment was recognized if it was
probable that the present value of expected future cash flows (discounted and
with interest charges) was less than the carrying amounts of goodwill and other
long-lived assets.
Earnings (loss) per share
Earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) by the
weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Common stock
equivalent shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, are
included in these calculations when they would have a dilutive effect on the per
share amounts.
Foreign currency translation
The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are
maintained in local currency which is the functional currency. The balance
sheets of these subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet date and the related statements of operations are translated at
weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Translation adjustments
resulting from this process are reflected as a separate component of
stockholders' deficit. Gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange
transactions are recorded in the results from operations. Such amounts were not
significant in 1994, 1995 and 1996.
Fair value of financial instruments
At December 31, 1996, the effective yield of the Company's 13 1/4% Senior
Discount Debentures due 2005 (the "13 1/4 Discount Debentures") was 10.7%
(approximate market price of 79). At December 31, 1996, the effective yield of
IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2002 (the "12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes") was 9.3% (approximate market price of 109). The carrying
amount of IPC's other financial instruments approximates their estimated fair
value based on market prices for the same or similar type of financial
instruments.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the consolidated balance sheets for 1995 have been
reclassified to conform to the 1996 presentation.
NOTE 3 -- GOODWILL:
During 1995, a portion of the Industrial Packaging businesses (such portion
having been acquired primarily in the 1989 acquisition of L&CP Corporation) had
experienced less sales volume growth and lower profitability than anticipated.
As a consequence, and in response to dynamic market conditions, during the
second quarter of 1995 the Company realigned the management of these businesses
based on three distinct operating units -- masking, graphics and other
protective products.
Consistent with its accounting policy for goodwill and long-lived assets at
that time, the Company made a reassessment of its remaining goodwill, all of
which pertained to the above operating units, during the second quarter of 1995
and revised its projections to more accurately reflect expected future results.
The Company segregated the assets and cash flows of these three operating units
to the lowest level for which cash flows are identifiable and independent of one
another at that time. In order to evaluate its goodwill impairment, the Company
projected the cash flows allocable to these businesses over the estimated
remaining goodwill amortization periods of approximately 34 years. The Company
then discounted such cash flows at a rate of 16 1/2% which it believed was
commensurate with the risk involved. The Company selected a pre-tax weighted
average cost of capital (reflective of comparable companies within its industry)
for purposes of discounting its
F-9
<PAGE> 83
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
cash flows. The discounted cash flows of each business were then compared to the
sum of the business groups' working capital and net book value of fixed assets.
Impairment of goodwill was then measured by comparing the remaining discounted
cash flow to the net book value of the business groups' goodwill. Upon
comparison, the discounted cash flows for the graphics and other protective
products businesses were insufficient to recover each of such businesses'
goodwill. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment of $13,471 during the
second quarter of 1995.
The 1995 revised projections for this portion of the Company's business
were extrapolated from market conditions and competitive pressures existing at
that time and were based upon, among other things, the assumptions that growth
of operating income before depreciation and amortization would range from 2-6%
per year through 1999, from 1-3% per year from 2000-2010 and 0% per year from
2011-2029. The growth assumptions for the graphics and other protective products
businesses were lower than the masking business. The projections assumed that
capital expenditures would generally be consistent with depreciation over the
long term. The Company believes that its revised projections based on the June
1995 existing historic financial trends and market conditions were its best
estimate at that time of its future performance and that the Company's
performance at such projected levels will not substantially detract from the
Company's future earnings. However, there can be no assurances that such
estimates will be indicative of future results, which ultimately may be less
than or greater than these estimates.
NOTE 4 -- MISCELLANEOUS OTHER ASSETS:
Miscellaneous other assets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred financing costs................................... $13,121 $13,416
Less -- Accumulated amortization........................... (2,966) (4,370)
------- -------
10,155 9,046
Other...................................................... 4,951 4,491
------- -------
$15,106 $13,537
======= =======
</TABLE>
Deferred financing costs are being amortized over the term of the related
debt. During 1995, IPC recorded a write-off of a non-compete agreement with a
net book value of $1,139.
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt comprised the following at December 31, 1995 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Senior credit facility (A)............................... $ 68,500 $ 55,000
Industrial revenue bonds (B)............................. 38,293 38,293
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, net of discount (C).......... 157,229 157,340
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, net of discount (D)......... 93,338 106,139
Other.................................................... 1,485 2,042
-------- --------
Total debt outstanding.............................. 358,845 358,814
Less -- Current installments of long-term debt........... (5,128) (5,921)
-------- --------
Long-term debt...................................... $353,717 $352,893
======== ========
</TABLE>
A. Senior Credit Facility -- IPC's senior credit facility (the "Existing
Credit Facility") is comprised of $55,000 in term loans, a $45,000 letter of
credit facility and a $55,000 revolving credit facility of which
F-10
<PAGE> 84
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
approximately $52,798 was available at December 31, 1996. On March 24, 1997, IPC
amended the Existing Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the
revolving credit facility to $105,000. The term loans require quarterly payments
of $1,250 from March 31, 1997 through September 30, 1997; $1,875 from December
31, 1997 through September 30, 1998; $3,000 from December 31, 1998 through
September 30, 1999; $3,500 from December 31, 1999 through September 30, 2000;
$4,125 from December 31, 2000 through June 30, 2001; and $5,375 on September 30,
2001. At the option of IPC, the term loans and borrowings on the revolving
credit facility bear interest at the LIBOR reserve adjusted rate, as defined,
plus 2.25% or the prime rate plus 1.0%. Such rates are subject to change based
on IPC's ability to achieve certain financial ratios as defined in the Existing
Credit Facility. The Company's actual interest rate on the term loans and the
revolving credit facility at December 31, 1996 was the LIBOR reserve adjusted
rate, as defined, plus 1.75% or prime rate plus 0.75%. IPC pays a fee of 0.5% on
the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The effective interest rate
per annum under the Existing Credit Facility was 7.67% during 1996. Borrowings
are secured by substantially all the assets of IPC and its subsidiaries and the
stock of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries. Under the Existing Credit Facility, IPC is
required to maintain certain financial ratios and levels of net worth while
future indebtedness and dividends are restricted.
Beginning January 6, 1996, IPC entered into interest rate swap agreements
for the term loans for notional amounts totaling $60,000 through January 19,
1999. Such agreements effectively fix IPC's LIBOR base rate at 5.33% and income
or expense related to settlements under the swap agreements are recorded as
adjustments to interest expense in IPC's financial statements.
B. Industrial Revenue Bonds -- Industrial Revenue Bonds requiring monthly
interest payments with average effective rates during 1995 and 1996 of 6.2% and
5.8%, respectively, are due in varying amounts and dates through 2009 and are
secured by certain assets of IPC. IPC's letter of credit facility provides
credit enhancement for the Industrial Revenue Bonds.
C. 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes -- On December 17, 1992, IPC issued $158,000
of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2002 (the "12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes"). The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes require semi-annual
interest payments on June 15 and December 15 and are subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of IPC. The 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes are redeemable at the option of IPC, in whole or in part, on
or after December 15, 1997 at the following redemption prices (expressed in
percentages of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued interest to the date
of redemption.
If redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning December 15,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ 106.250%
1998........................................................ 103.125%
1999 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Each holder of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require IPC to repurchase
such holders' 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes in the event of a change of control at
101% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. The indenture under which the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are issued
contains certain covenants that, among other things, will limit the ability of
IPC to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or repurchase stock.
D. 13 1/4% Discount Debentures -- On March 8, 1993, the Company issued
$160,000 of 13 1/4% Series A Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (the "13 1/4%
Discount Debentures") for an aggregate consideration of approximately $65,000
(the "1993 13 1/4% Discount Debenture Offering"). Commencing on September 15,
2000, cash interest on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will be payable
semi-annually, and on March 15, 2005, the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will
mature and the aggregate principal amount then outstanding will become
F-11
<PAGE> 85
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
due and payable. The Company is dependent on the cash flow of IPC and IPC's
subsidiaries in order to meet its debt service obligations. Significant
contractual and other restrictions exist on the payment of dividends and the
making of loans by IPC to the Company. In addition, as a result of a goodwill
write-off in 1993, IPC's ability to make distributions to the Company under the
indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes has been impaired and
such indenture will require modification before any such distributions to the
Company can be made. Consequently, all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures may require refinancing prior to the maturity thereof. During the
period prior to September 15, 2000, the Company does not expect to have
significant cash requirements.
Long-term debt principal maturities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ $ 5,921
1998........................................................ 10,267
1999........................................................ 15,148
2000........................................................ 17,279
2001........................................................ 16,115
Thereafter.................................................. 347,945
--------
412,675
Discount on 13 1/4% Discount Debentures..................... (53,861)
--------
$358,814
========
</TABLE>
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES:
The components of the income tax provision shown in the statement of
operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current provision:
Federal........................................... $(106) $ (142) $ (415)
State............................................. (942) (971) (485)
Deferred (provision) benefit:
Federal........................................... 106 (9,029)
Benefit of net operating loss carryovers............ 9,029
----- ------- -------
$(942) $(1,113) $ (900)
===== ======= =======
</TABLE>
The provision recognized for income taxes differs from the amount
determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% due to the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes................. $(8,351) $(21,012) $ 9,568
======= ======== =======
Computed expected (provision) benefit at the
statutory rate.................................. $ 2,923 $ 7,354 $(3,349)
Adjustments to the computed expected (provision)
benefit resulting from:
Amortization of goodwill........................ (214) (4,862) (77)
Net operating loss carryover adjustments........ (3,108) (2,701) 3,077
State income taxes, net......................... (608) (610) (417)
Other, net...................................... 65 (294) (134)
------- -------- -------
$ (942) $ (1,113) $ (900)
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE> 86
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Depreciation............................................. $ 33,581 $ 33,449
Basis differences of acquired assets..................... 4,737 3,969
-------- --------
Deferred tax liabilities................................. 38,318 37,418
-------- --------
Environmental reserves................................... (478) (330)
Non-compete agreements................................... (963) (613)
Self insurance reserves.................................. (1,731) (1,979)
Original issue discount accretion........................ (9,921) (14,394)
Other.................................................... (2,709) (2,727)
Net operating loss carryover............................. (37,646) (26,795)
-------- --------
Deferred tax assets...................................... (53,448) (46,838)
-------- --------
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance................... 23,900 18,190
-------- --------
$ 8,770 $ 8,770
======== ========
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryovers,
including the net operating loss carryovers of IPC, for income tax reporting
purposes of approximately $76,556. These carryovers expire between 2005 and
2008. In the event of a change in ownership of the Company these net operating
loss carryovers may be limited. A valuation allowance has been recorded against
certain of the net operating loss carryovers for which utilization is uncertain.
NOTE 7 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
Net periodic pension expense related to the defined benefit plans for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 is comprised of the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost component -- benefits earned by
employees for services during this period......... $ 274 $ 265 $ 290
Interest cost component -- increase in projected
benefit obligation due to the passage of time..... 1,029 1,070 1,208
Return on plan assets, net of administrative
expense........................................... (79) (1,926) (1,317)
Net amortization and deferral....................... (866) 1,084 372
------ ------- -------
Net periodic pension cost........................... $ 358 $ 493 $ 553
====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE> 87
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Plan assets are invested in a deposit administration contract with an
insurance company and money market, equity and bond funds. The following table
sets forth the funded status of these plans as of the date of the latest
available actuarial valuation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of vested benefit obligation....... $14,228 $15,139
======= =======
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit
obligation............................................... $14,333 $15,252
======= =======
Fair value of the plans' assets............................ $12,873 $14,202
Actuarial present value of projected benefit obligation.... 14,417 15,357
------- -------
Fair value of the plans' assets less than the projected
benefit obligation....................................... (1,544) (1,155)
Unrecognized net transition obligation..................... 463 398
Unrecognized prior service cost............................ 1,070 952
Unrecognized net loss...................................... 243 650
------- -------
Prepaid pension expense.................................... $ 232 $ 845
======= =======
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth significant assumptions utilized in the
actuarial valuation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate used to adjust for the time value of money.... 8.5% 8.5%
Expected rate of increase in employee compensation costs.... 0%-5% 0%-5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets................. 9.0% 9.0%
</TABLE>
The charge to operations under IPC's defined benefit and defined
contribution plans was approximately $1,900, $2,063 and $2,351 for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 8 -- STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLANS:
IPC and Ivex established a stock option plan (the "Plan") for certain key
executives, effective January 1, 1993. Pursuant to the Plan, IPC irrevocably
granted options to purchase 17,270 shares of its common stock at an exercise
price of $619.56 per share approximating fair market value. The options are
exercisable at any time, once vested and earned, prior to January 1, 2003. At
December 31, 1996, 9,413 of these options were vested and earned by the Plan
participants and 7,857 of the options were canceled. The Plan also provides IPC
and the participants with certain rights to exchange options to purchase IPC's
common stock for options to purchase the Company's common stock.
On January 1, 1996, the option plan was amended and extended to grant an
additional 6,908 options subject to vesting over three years from January 1,
1996, and such options will be available to be earned in 1996 and 1997 based on
EBITDA results. The provisions of the options are substantially the same as the
previously issued options. During 1996, 3,454 of such options were earned.
The Company adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Under the provisions of such
statement, the Company is required to at least disclose the pro forma impact of
recognizing compensation expense for the fair value of those options granted
since January 1, 1996. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company has not
recognized any compensation cost for stock option plans. Had compensation cost
for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on the fair value at
the grant date for awards during 1996 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No.
123, the Company's net income would have been reduced to $8,548.
F-14
<PAGE> 88
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
The Company's pro forma net income was determined under the assumption that
all applicable options were earned when available with equal vesting over the
three years from January 1, 1996. The fair value of the options granted was
estimated on the date earned using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and
utilized the following weighted-average assumptions for options earned in 1996:
dividend yield of 0.00%; expected volatility of 22.63%; risk-free interest rate
of 5.28%; and expected lives of 3 years.
IPC also entered into a special incentive agreement (the "Agreement") with
certain key executives, effective January 1, 1993. The Agreement provided for a
special incentive payment of up to $2,250 upon the occurrence of certain events
as defined in the Agreement. During 1995, management earned all of the special
incentive payment and, accordingly, IPC recorded expense of $2,250. As of
December 31, 1996, all amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
have been paid. See Note 9 -- Special Charges.
NOTE 9 -- SPECIAL CHARGES:
During the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company recorded the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with the Agreement (see Note 8 -- Stock
Option and Incentive Plans), $1,950 of costs related to an attempted initial
public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760 associated with a
donation of land to the Village of Chagrin Falls, Ohio.
NOTE 10 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
IPC recorded management fee expense to Acadia of $400 in 1996 which was
unpaid as of December 31, 1996. IPC paid management fees to Acadia of $400 in
1994 and 1995.
NOTE 11 -- COMMITMENTS:
IPC leases certain of its facilities and equipment under non-cancelable
operating leases, some of which contain renewal options, escalation clauses and
requirements that IPC pay taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Approximate
future minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease
agreements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ $4,151
1998........................................................ 3,438
1999........................................................ 3,163
2000........................................................ 2,350
2001........................................................ 7,553
Thereafter.................................................. 588
</TABLE>
Rent expense under operating leases included in the accompanying statement
of operations aggregated approximately $3,576, $4,339 and $4,954 during 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 12 -- EXTRAORDINARY LOSS FROM EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT:
Deferred financing costs of $2,359 written off in connection with the
refinancing of IPC's senior credit facility are presented as an extraordinary
item in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December
31, 1995.
NOTE 13 -- PLASTOFILM ACQUISITION
On August 16, 1996, IPC acquired CFI Industries, Inc. ("CFI" or
"Plastofilm") for an aggregate purchase price of $18,423, including the
repayment of certain indebtedness of CFI and related acquisition fees and
expenses. Through its subsidiary, Plastofilm Industries, CFI is a fully
integrated custom thermoformer of
F-15
<PAGE> 89
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
plastic packaging products for the medical, electronics and personal care
industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase; accordingly, the
purchase price was allocated to the specific assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based upon their fair value at date of acquisition. The Company's 1996
consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and cash
flows of Plastofilm from August 16, 1996.
The following unaudited pro forma summary presents the consolidated results
of operations as if the acquisition of Plastofilm had occurred at the beginning
of 1995, after giving effect for certain adjustments. These unaudited pro forma
results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to
be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition been made as of
that date or of results which may occur in the future.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Net Sales................................................ $483,259 $472,414
======== ========
Net income (loss) before extraordinary items............. $(22,089) $ 8,545
======== ========
Net income (loss)........................................ $(24,448) $ 8,545
======== ========
</TABLE>
NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the OPS business of Viskase Limited located in
Sedgefield, England for $11,907 and on February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of
the outstanding common stock of M&R Plastics, Inc. located in Laval, Quebec for
$18,651. The acquired businesses were financed through cash flow from operations
and revolving credit borrowings under IPC's senior credit facility. As a result
of these borrowings, IPC amended and restated its senior credit facility on
March 24, 1997, to, among other things, increase its revolving credit facility
from $55,000 to $105,000.
NOTE 15 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (UNAUDITED)
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement to register its Common
Stock. In conjunction with the offering, the Company's Board of Directors will
authorize a common stock split.
Additionally, the Company believes that, were the offering to be
successfully executed, such transaction would trigger a change in ownership of
the Company, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code,
resulting in a limitation of the Company's ability to utilize its net operating
loss carryovers in the future.
F-16
<PAGE> 90
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 2,822 $ 8,345
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance............... 51,638 67,068
Inventories............................................... 49,023 53,506
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 5,395 6,327
--------- ---------
Total current assets................................... 108,878 135,246
--------- ---------
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Buildings and improvements................................ 49,038 53,491
Machinery and equipment................................... 231,526 249,091
Construction in progress.................................. 8,069 15,959
--------- ---------
288,633 318,541
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.......................... (123,957) (136,699)
--------- ---------
164,676 181,842
Land...................................................... 8,304 8,925
--------- ---------
Total property, plant and equipment.................... 172,980 190,767
--------- ---------
Other Assets:
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization................. 20,506 30,115
Miscellaneous............................................. 13,537 14,514
--------- ---------
Total other assets..................................... 34,043 44,629
--------- ---------
Total Assets................................................ $ 315,901 $ 370,642
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 5,921 $ 8,012
Accounts payable.......................................... 36,748 35,795
Accrued salary and wages.................................. 8,603 6,730
Self insurance reserves................................... 7,453 6,650
Accrued rebates and discounts............................. 3,824 3,559
Accrued interest.......................................... 1,680 1,567
Other accrued expenses.................................... 12,110 12,733
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities.............................. 76,339 75,046
--------- ---------
Long-Term Debt.............................................. 352,893 404,612
--------- ---------
Other Long-Term Liabilities................................. 5,243 4,894
--------- ---------
Deferred Income Taxes....................................... 8,770 10,482
--------- ---------
Stockholders' Deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par value --
2,000,000 shares authorized; and 1,072,246 shares
issued and outstanding................................. 11 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (303,566) (300,879)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (1,164) (899)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit............................ (127,344) (124,392)
--------- ---------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit................. $ 315,901 $ 370,642
========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-17
<PAGE> 91
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
------------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................... $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Cost of goods sold.......................................... 164,668 207,673
---------- ----------
Gross profit................................................ 45,775 56,361
---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling................................................... 9,599 13,231
Administrative............................................ 12,533 16,236
Amortization of intangibles............................... 258 512
---------- ----------
Total operating expenses.................................... 22,390 29,979
---------- ----------
Income from operations...................................... 23,385 26,382
Interest expense............................................ 21,221 22,805
---------- ----------
Income before income taxes.................................. 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision........................................ (440) (890)
---------- ----------
Net income.................................................. $ 1,724 $ 2,687
========== ==========
Net income per share........................................ $ 1.61 $ 2.51
========== ==========
Average shares outstanding.................................. 1,072,246 1,072,246
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-18
<PAGE> 92
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IVEX PACKAGING
CORPORATION PAID IN FOREIGN
COMMON STOCK CAPITAL CURRENCY
------------------ IN EXCESS OF ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT PAR VALUE DEFICIT ADJUSTMENT DEFICIT
------ ------ ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995.... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(312,234) $(1,484) $(136,332)
Foreign currency translation
adjustment................. 320 320
Net income.................... 8,668 8,668
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (303,566) (1,164) (127,344)
Foreign currency translation
adjustment................. 265 265
Net income.................... 2,687 2,687
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at June 30, 1997........ 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(300,879) $ (899) $(124,392)
========= === ======== ========= ======= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-19
<PAGE> 93
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
--------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................................ $ 1,724 $ 2,687
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from
operating activities:
Depreciation of properties........................... 11,045 12,778
Amortization of intangibles and debt issue costs..... 951 1,251
Non-cash interest.................................... 6,139 6,956
-------- --------
19,859 23,672
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable.................................. 828 (12,104)
Inventories.......................................... (798) (532)
Prepaid expenses and other........................... 852 (809)
Accounts payable..................................... (3,517) (5,184)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities............... 227 (3,774)
-------- --------
Net cash from operating activities................ 17,451 1,269
-------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of senior credit facility......................... (2,500) (2,500)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility................... -- 49,200
Payment of revolving credit facility...................... (7,500) --
Payment of debt issue costs............................... (191) (327)
Other, net................................................ -- (430)
-------- --------
Net cash from (used by) financing activities...... (10,191) 45,943
-------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment................. (7,996) (10,984)
Acquisition of the OPS business of Viskase Limited........ -- (11,907)
Acquisition of M&R Plastics, Inc.......................... -- (18,651)
Other, net................................................ 346 (147)
-------- --------
Net cash used by investing activities............. (7,650) (41,689)
-------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........ (390) 5,523
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............ 4,830 2,822
-------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................. $ 4,440 $ 8,345
======== ========
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest............................................... $ 14,410 $ 15,222
Income taxes........................................... 742 1,072
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-20
<PAGE> 94
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 1 -- ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES
In the opinion of management, the information in the accompanying unaudited
financial statements reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of
results for the interim periods. These interim financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included
herein.
The Company is the sole stockholder of its operating subsidiary, IPC, Inc.
The Company is a holding company with no operations of its own and is dependent
on the operating cash flow of IPC and its subsidiaries in order to pay principal
and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual obligation to
distribute any such cash flow to the Company.
The Company's accounting and reporting policies are summarized in Note 2 of
Ivex's consolidated financial statements included herein.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable...................................... $53,718 $69,370
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.................. (2,080) (2,302)
------- -------
$51,638 $67,068
======= =======
</TABLE>
Inventories
Inventories at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials............................................ $26,483 $27,561
Finished goods........................................... 22,540 25,945
------- -------
$49,023 $53,506
======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 2 -- INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are provided at the estimated annual effective tax rate which
differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to net operating
loss carryovers and state and foreign income taxes.
F-21
<PAGE> 95
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 3 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
At December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the long-term debt of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiary, IPC, was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior credit facility.................................. $ 55,000 $101,700
Industrial revenue bonds................................ 38,293 38,293
12 1/2% IPC Notes, net of discount...................... 157,340 157,395
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, net of discount............ 106,139 113,095
Other................................................... 2,042 2,141
-------- --------
Total debt outstanding............................. 358,814 412,624
Less -- Current installments of long-term debt.......... (5,921) (8,012)
-------- --------
Long-term debt.......................................... $352,893 $404,612
======== ========
</TABLE>
NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITIONS
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the OPS business of Viskase Limited located in
Sedgefield, England for $11,907. On February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of the
outstanding common stock of M&R Plastics, Inc. ("M&R") located in Laval, Quebec
for $18,651, including the repayment of certain indebtedness of M&R and related
acquisition fees and expenses. The acquired businesses were financed through
revolving credit borrowings under IPC's senior credit facility. As a result of
these borrowings, IPC amended and restated its senior credit facility on March
24, 1997 to, among other things, increase its revolving credit facility from
$55,000 to $105,000. Pro forma financial information associated with these
acquisitions has not been included because these acquisitions are not material
to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 5 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement to register its Common
Stock. In conjunction with the offering, the Company's Board of Directors will
authorize a common stock split.
Additionally, the Company believes that, were the offering to be
successfully executed, such transaction would trigger a change in ownership of
the Company, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code,
resulting in a limitation of the Company's ability to utilize its net operating
loss carryovers in the future.
F-22
<PAGE> 96
[INSERT MAP OF COMPANY LOCATIONS AND/OR PHOTOS OF COMPANY PRODUCTS]
The following trademarks used in this Prospectus are owned by Ivex
Packaging Corporation or one of its affiliates: Ivex(R), Kama(R), Plastofilm(R),
Jet-Pak(R), Jet-Lite(R) and Jet-Cor(TM).
<PAGE> 97
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Risk Factors........................... 11
Use of Proceeds........................ 16
Dividend Policy........................ 16
Dilution............................... 17
The Refinancing........................ 18
Capitalization......................... 19
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data................................. 20
Selected Consolidated Financial Data... 24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 26
Business............................... 36
Management............................. 46
Principal Stockholders................. 56
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions......................... 58
Description of Capital Stock........... 59
Description of Certain Indebtedness.... 62
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 64
Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences to Non-United States
Holders.............................. 66
Underwriting........................... 68
Experts................................ 70
Legal Matters.......................... 70
Additional Information................. 70
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
======================================================
======================================================
SHARES
IVEX LOGO
COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 98
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES
MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR
JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL
PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
SUCH STATE OR JURISDICTION.
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED , 1997
PROSPECTUS IVEX LOGO
SHARES
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
------------------------
Of the shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), of
Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or "Ivex"),
being offered hereby, shares are being offered by the Company and shares
are being offered by Acadia Partners, L.P. and certain related investors (the
"Selling Stockholder" or "Acadia"). The Company will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder. See
"Principal Stockholders."
Of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, shares are being
offered initially outside the United States and Canada by the International
Managers (the "International Offering") and shares are being offered
initially in a concurrent offering in the United States and Canada by the U.S.
Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering," and together with the International Offering,
the "Offerings"). The initial public offering price and the underwriting
discount per share are identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. It is anticipated that the initial public offering price will be between
$ and $ per share. For a discussion relating to factors considered
in determining the initial offering price, see "Underwriting."
Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on under
the symbol " ".
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATTERS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) STOCKHOLDER
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share............ $ $ $ $
- - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)............. $ $ $ $
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
at $ .
(3) The Company has granted the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters
options to purchase up to an additional shares and shares of
Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable within 30 days of the
date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such options are
exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively.
See "Underwriting."
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and to
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York,
on or about , 1997.
------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE> 99
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and
Salomon Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers (the "Lead
Managers") for each of the International Managers named below (the
"International Managers"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an
international purchase agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") among
the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the International Managers, and
concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the U.S.
Underwriters (as defined below), the Company has agreed to sell to the
International Managers, and each of the International Managers severally has
agreed to purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock set
forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS SHARES
---------------------- ---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch International.................................
Lehman Brothers International (Europe)......................
Salomon Brothers International Limited......................
---------
Total..........................................
=========
</TABLE>
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have also entered into a U.S.
purchase agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") with certain underwriters in
the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Underwriters" and, together with the
International Managers, the "Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon
Brothers Inc are acting as representatives ("the U.S. Representatives"). Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, and
concurrently with the sale of shares of Common Stock to the International
Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement, the Company has
agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and the U.S. Underwriters severally
have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of shares of
Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share and the total
underwriting discount per share of Common Stock are identical under the
International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
In the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
the several International Managers and the several U.S. Underwriters,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S.
Underwriters are conditioned upon one another.
The Lead Managers have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholder that
the International Managers propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock
to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not
in excess of $. per share of Common Stock. The International Managers may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $. per
share of Common Stock on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial
public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be
changed.
The Company has granted an option to the International Managers,
exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an
aggregate of additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discount. The International Managers may exercise this option only
to cover over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered
hereby. To the extent that the International Managers exercise this option, each
International Manager will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase a number of additional
68
<PAGE> 100
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
shares of Common Stock proportionate to such International Manager's initial
amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company has also granted an option
to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of
Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted
to the International Managers.
The Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all
existing stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to
directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer
any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or thereafter acquired by the
person executing the agreement or with respect to which the person executing the
agreement thereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to the foregoing except for the
registration under the Securities Act of the Shares issuable under the 1997
Stock Incentive Plan and issuable under the option agreements of certain
officers of the Company that may be registered on Form S-8 or any such successor
form or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or
in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any
such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill
Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") that provides for the
coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the
International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are permitted to sell shares of
Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering
price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms
of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common
Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons,
and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common
Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or
to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the
Intersyndicate Agreement.
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined
through negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S.
Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were
price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the
Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in
which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the
Company, the present state of the Company's development, and the above factors
in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies
engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock
will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the
initial public offering price.
Application will be made for listing of the Common Stock on under
the symbol " ".
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the
International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an
69
<PAGE> 101
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
exception to these rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in
certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the price of the Common Stock.
If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offerings, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the
open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain
Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S.
Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the
Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they
may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and
selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings.
In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither
the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Each International Manager has agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold
and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the Closing Date,
will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons in the United
Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the
purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not
constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will
comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (it has only issued or passed on and
will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in
connection with the issuance of Common Stock to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom such document may
otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the shares of Common
Stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this Prospectus or any
other material relating to the Company, the Selling Stockholder or shares of
Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.
Accordingly, the shares of Common Stock may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this Prospectus nor any other offering material or
advertisements in connection with the shares of Common Stock may be distributed
or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with
any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
Purchasers of the shares offered hereby may be required to pay stamp taxes
and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the country of
purchase in addition to the offering price set forth on the cover page hereof.
An affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc. is a limited partner investor in funds
for which Acadia is the general partner and which own Ivex Common Stock.
70
<PAGE> 102
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
IN THE PROSPECTUS, REFERENCES TO "DOLLARS" AND "$" ARE TO UNITED STATES
DOLLARS.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Risk Factors........................... 11
Use of Proceeds........................ 16
Dividend Policy........................ 16
Dilution............................... 17
The Refinancing........................ 18
Capitalization......................... 19
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data................................. 20
Selected Consolidated Financial Data... 24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 26
Business............................... 36
Management............................. 46
Principal Stockholders................. 56
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions......................... 58
Description of Capital Stock........... 59
Description of Certain Indebtedness.... 62
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 64
Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences to Non-United States
Holders.............................. 66
Underwriting........................... 68
Experts................................ 70
Legal Matters.......................... 70
Additional Information................. 70
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
======================================================
======================================================
SHARES
IVEX LOGO
COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 103
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The expenses in connection with the registration of the shares of Common
Stock are estimated as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee......... $22,871
NASD filing fee............................................. 14,875
Printing and engraving costs*............................... *
Legal fees and expenses*.................................... *
Accounting fees and expenses*............................... *
Blue sky qualifications and related legal fees and
expenses*................................................. *
Miscellaneous*.............................................. *
-------
Total*................................................. $ *
=======
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
* To be provided by amendment.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "GCL") provides
that a Delaware corporation may, with certain limitations, indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, civil
or criminal, by virtue of the fact he is or was an officer, director, employee
or agent of the corporation.
Section 9.1 of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides as follows:
"To the extent not prohibited by law, the Corporation shall indemnify
any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including without limitation, an action by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that
such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative,
is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving in
any capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise
taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements). Persons who are not
Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in
respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity to the extent
the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled
to the benefits of this Section 9."
Sections 1 through 9 of Article 8 of the Company's Amended By-Laws provide
as follows:
"To the extent not prohibited by law, the Corporation shall indemnify
any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that
such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative,
is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving in
any capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise
taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements). Persons who are not
Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in
respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request
of the Corporation to the extent the Board at any time specifies that such
persons are entitled to the benefits of this Section 8."
II-1
<PAGE> 104
"The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any
Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder
the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees and
disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of
the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that, if
required by the General Corporation Law, such expenses incurred by or on
behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of
the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation
of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other
person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it
shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there
is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person
is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses."
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or
hereafter be entitled under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation,
these By-laws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested
Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office."
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person
indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the executors,
administrators, legatees and distributees of such person."
"The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity,
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such
person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as
such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such
person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 8, the
Certificate of Incorporation or under Section 145 of the General
Corporation Law or any other provision of law."
"The provisions of this Section 8 shall be a contract between the
Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who serves in
such capacity at any time while this Section 8 is in effect and any other
person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the
Corporation and each such Director, officer or other person intend to be
legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 8 shall affect any
rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or
theretofore existing or thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such
state of facts."
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall be
enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The
burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the
failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its
independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in
the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders)
that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or
create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person
shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with
successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such
proceeding."
"Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving in any capacity
(a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote
in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any
corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the
request of the Corporation."
II-2
<PAGE> 105
"Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or
advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Section 8 may
elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the
time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable
Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the
applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made, by a
notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided, however, that
if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the
time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is
sought."
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
No securities of the Company have been issued or sold by the Company within
the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
1.1 -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement*
1.2 -- Form of International Purchase Agreement*
1.3 -- Form of Dealer Manager Agreement with Bankers
Trust Company*
2.1 -- Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation
Statement, dated , 1997,
relating to the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes
together with the accompanying letter of
transmittal*
2.2 -- Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation
Statement, dated , 1997, relating
to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures together
with the accompanying letter of transmittal*
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of IPC, Inc.
("IPC") 3.1 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
3.2 -- By-Laws of IPC 3.2 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
3.3 -- Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Ivex Packaging Corporation
("Holdings" or "Ivex")*
3.4 -- Amended By-Laws of Ivex*
4.1 -- Indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes (including form of 12 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes) 4.1 Ivex Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 106
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
4.2 -- Indenture relating to Ivex's 13 1/4% Senior
Discount Debentures (including form of
13 1/4% Senior Discount Debentures) 4.2 IPC 1992 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
4.3 -- Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
, 1997, among Ivex, Acadia Partners,
L.P., and the other stockholders party
thereto*
4.4 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating
to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes*
4.5 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating
to Ivex's 13 1/4% Discount Debentures*
5.1 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom (Illinois)*
10.1 -- Form of Senior Management Incentive
Compensation Plan for 1997*
10.2 -- Form of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 10.3 IPC 1994 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
10.3 -- Form of Trust Agreement, dated October 17,
1996, between IPC, Inc. and the trustee
thereof relating to executive deferred
compensation 10.3 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
10.4 -- Form of IPC Stock Purchase and Option
Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1993, among
IPC, Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P. and each of
certain senior managers of IPC with the Ivex
Stock Purchase and Option Agreement attached
thereto 10.2 IPC 1993 Form 10-K
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.5 -- Form of Amended and Restated IPC, Inc. Stock
Option and Purchase Agreement and Amended and
Restated Ivex Packaging Corporation Stock
Option and Purchase Agreement, each dated as
of January 1, 1996 10.16 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.6 -- IPC Retirement Plan and Trust, as amended and
Restated May 1, 1992 10.3 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.7 -- Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,
dated as of May 30, 1996, between George V.
Bayly and IPC 10.14 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.8 -- Employment Agreement, dated as of December
31, 1992, between IPC and Frank V. Tannura 10.30 IPC 6/30/93 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-52150)
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 107
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.9 -- Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 11,
1995, to the Employment Agreement, dated as
of December 31, 1992, between IPC and Frank
V. Tannura 10.59 IPC 6/30/95 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-52150)
10.10 -- Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement,
dated May 30, 1996, between IPC and Frank V.
Tannura 10.15 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.11 -- Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January
22, 1991, among Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P.
and George V. Bayly 10.30 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.12 -- Form of Severance Agreement between the
Company and certain named executive officers 1.1 IPC 1994 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
10.13 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995 (the "1995 Credit Agreement"), among
Ivex, IPC, certain of IPC's subsidiaries, the
lenders listed therein, and NationsBank,
N.A., as agent 10.30 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.14 -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.31 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.15 -- Security Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.32 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.16 -- Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement in
favor of NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.33 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.17 -- Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as
of August 16, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the
guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.34 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.18 -- Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as
of November 21, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the
guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.35 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE> 108
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.19 -- Form of Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1997, by and
among IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and
the guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.36 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.20 -- Form of Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement
among IPC, Ivex, certain of IPC's
subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.37 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.21 -- Form of Amended and Restated Security
Agreement among IPC, Ivex, and certain of
IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as
agent 10.38 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.22 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1987,
between the County of Kankakee, Illinois and
Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.11 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.23 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988,
between the Development Authority of Morgan
County and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC,
Inc.) 10.13 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.24 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1987,
between the County of Will, Illinois and LPX,
Inc. 10.15 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.25 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1988,
between the Illinois Development Finance
Authority and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a
IPC, Inc.) 10.17 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.26 -- Indenture of Trust, dated as of March 1,
1989, between Marine Midland Bank, N.A. and
Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.19 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.27 -- Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1985,
between the Village of Bridgeview, Illinois
and L&CP Corporation 10.21 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.28 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988,
between City of Troy, Ohio and L&CP
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.23 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.29 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of December 5,
1996, between State Street Bank and Trust
Company and IPC 10.46 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 109
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.30 -- Lease, dated as of October 4, 1988, between
Seymour C. Graham and Kama Corporation (n/k/a
IPC, Inc) 10.33 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.31 -- Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 20,
1988, between Seymour C. Graham and Kama
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc) 10.34 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.32 -- Lease, dated June 20, 1995, between Howard H.
Gelb and Eunice Gelb and Kama Corporation
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.44 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.33 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 19,
1992, between Telegraph Road Properties, Inc.
and Packaging Products, Inc. 10.45 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.34 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 23,
1985, between IMAC Realty, Inc. and Packaging
Products, Inc. 10.46 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.35 -- Letter Agreement, dated March 10, 1995,
between Packaging Products, Inc. and LeWa
Company 10.47 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.36 -- Tri-Party Agreement, dated September 11,
1995, among Packaging Products, Inc. and
Telegraph Road Properties, Inc. 10.48 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.37 -- Lease, dated as of September 11, 1996, by and
between Joseph P. Bennett and Trio Products,
Inc. 10.54 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.38 -- Installment Sales Agreement, dated as of
December 12, 1990, between Grove City
Industrial Development Corporation and Ivex
Converted Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC,
Inc.) 10.39 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.39 -- Consulting Agreement, dated as of December
17, 1992, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners 10.39 IPC Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
10.40 -- Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December
17, 1992, between Ivex and IPC and certain of
IPC's subsidiaries 10.40 Ivex Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE> 110
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- - - ----------- --------------------------------------------------------- --------- -----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
10.41 -- Transfer and Noncompete Agreement, dated as of October
14, 1992, between Ivex Converted Products Corporation
(n/k/a IPC, Inc.) and MaxPack S.A. de C.V. 10.46 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.42 -- Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1992, by
and among MaxPack S.A. de C.V. and the stockholders
thereof 10.46 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.43 -- Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 1996
(as amended), among IPC, CFI Industries, Inc. and Equity
Partners A-1 CFI Industries, Inc.'s Proxy
Statement dated 7/22/96
10.44 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Performance
Incentive Plan*
10.45 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Stock Option
Plan*
10.46 -- Form of First Amendment to the Consulting Agreement,
dated as of January 1, 1991, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners*
10.47 -- Form of Stockholder Agreement among Acadia, certain
related investors and certain members of Ivex Management*
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Ivex
23.1 -- Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
23.2 -- Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
(Illinois) (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
The following combined consolidated financial statement schedules are
included as part of the Registration Statement immediately following the
signature page:
(b) Combined Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF SCHEDULE
- - - -------- -----------------------
<S> <C>
Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
</TABLE>
All other schedules of the Company for which provision is made in the
applicable accounting regulations of the Commission are not required, are
inapplicable or have been disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements and therefore have been omitted.
II-8
<PAGE> 111
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provision, or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-9
<PAGE> 112
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Lincolnshire, State of
Illinois, on August 1, 1997.
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
By: /s/ G. DOUGLAS PATTERSON
------------------------------------
Name: G. Douglas Patterson
Title: Vice President and General
Counsel
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature to this
Registration Statement appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Frank V.
Tannura and G. Douglas Patterson, and each of them, as such person's true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for such person and in such person's name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign and to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this
Registration Statement, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith, and to file a new registration statement pursuant to rule 462(b) of
the Security Act of 1933 relating to the Offerings, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on August 1, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
--------- -----
<C> <S>
/s/ GEORGE V. BAYLY Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
- - - --------------------------------------------- Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
George V. Bayly
/s/ FRANK V. TANNURA Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
- - - --------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial Officer)
Frank V. Tannura
/s/ DAVID E. WARTNER Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
- - - ---------------------------------------------
David E. Wartner
/s/ ANTHONY P. SCOTTO Director
- - - ---------------------------------------------
Anthony P. Scotto
/s/ GLENN R. AUGUST Director
- - - ---------------------------------------------
Glenn R. August
</TABLE>
II-10
<PAGE> 113
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 37 $ 27
--------- ---------
Total current assets................................... 37 27
Investment in subsidiary.................................... 73,418 73,418
Debt issue costs, net....................................... 2,683 2,419
--------- ---------
Total assets........................................... $ 76,138 $ 75,864
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Long-term debt.............................................. $ 93,338 $ 106,139
--------- ---------
Stockholders' deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $0.01 par value
-- 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,072,246 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1996.......... 11 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (194,586) (207,661)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit............................ (17,200) (30,275)
--------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit................. $ 76,138 $ 75,864
========= =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
S-1
<PAGE> 114
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest expense............................................ $ 10,217 $ 11,508 $ 13,075
-------- -------- --------
Loss before income taxes.................................... (10,217) (11,508) (13,075)
Income tax provision........................................ (6)
-------- -------- --------
Net loss.................................................... $(10,223) $(11,508) $(13,075)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
S-2
<PAGE> 115
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK PAID IN CAPITAL STOCKHOLDERS'
------------------ IN EXCESS OF ACCUMULATED EQUITY
SHARES AMOUNT PAR VALUE DEFICIT (DEFICIT)
------ ------ --------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993.......... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(172,855) $ 4,531
Net loss.............................. (10,223) (10,223)
--------- --- -------- --------- --------
Balance at December 31, 1994.......... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (183,078) (5,692)
Net loss.............................. (11,508) (11,508)
--------- --- -------- --------- --------
Balance at December 31, 1995.......... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (194,586) (17,200)
Net loss.............................. (13,075) (13,075)
--------- --- -------- --------- --------
Balance at December 31, 1996.......... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(207,661) $(30,275)
========= === ======== ========= ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
S-3
<PAGE> 116
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows used by operating activities:
Net loss.................................................... $(10,223) $(11,508) $(13,075)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by
operating activities:
Amortization of debt issue costs.......................... 263 264 264
Non-cash interest......................................... 9,916 11,232 12,801
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used by operating activities....................... (44) (12) (10)
-------- -------- --------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................... (44) (12) (10)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............. 93 49 37
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................... $ 49 $ 37 $ 27
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
S-4
<PAGE> 117
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BEGINNING ENDING
DESCRIPTION BALANCE ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS BALANCE
----------- --------- --------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable -- allowance for doubtful
accounts:
1994.............................................. $ 1,272 $ 594 $ (421)(1) $ 1,445
1995.............................................. 1,445 943 (376)(1) 2,012
1996.............................................. 2,012 281 (213)(1) 2,080
Income Taxes -- valuation allowance:
1994.............................................. $19,563 $ 309 $ -- $19,872
1995.............................................. 19,872 4,028 -- 23,900
1996.............................................. 23,900 -- (5,710) 18,190
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
(1) Accounts charged off, less recoveries.
S-5
<PAGE> 118
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------------
<C> <C> <S> <C>
</TABLE>
1.1 -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement*
1.2 -- Form of International Purchase Agreement*
1.3 -- Form of Dealer Manager Agreement with Bankers Trust Company*
2.1 -- Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated
, 1997, relating to the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes
together with the accompanying letters of transmittal*
2.2 -- Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement, dated
, 1997, relating to the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures together with the accompanying letter of
transmittal*
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of IPC, Inc. ("IPC")(1)
3.2 -- By-Laws of IPC(1)
3.3 -- Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ivex
Packaging Corporation ("Holdings" or "Ivex")*
3.4 -- Amended By-Laws of Ivex*
4.1 -- Indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes (including form of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes)(2)
4.2 -- Indenture relating to Ivex's 13 1/4% Senior Discount
Debentures (including form of 13 1/4% Senior Discount
Debentures)(3)
4.3 -- Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of , 1997,
among Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P., and the other
stockholders party thereto*
4.4 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating to IPC's
12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes*
4.5 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating to Ivex's
13 1/4% Discount Debentures*
5.1 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois)*
10.1 -- Form of Senior Management Incentive Compensation Plan for
1997*
10.2 -- Form of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan(4)
10.3 -- Form of Trust Agreement, dated October 17, 1996, between
IPC, Inc. and the trustee thereof relating to executive
deferred compensation(5)
10.4 -- Form of IPC Stock Purchase and Option Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1993, among IPC, Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P. and
each of certain senior managers of IPC with the Ivex Stock
Purchase and Option Agreement attached thereto(6)
10.5 -- Form of Amended and Restated IPC, Inc. Stock Option and
Purchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Ivex Packaging
Corporation Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, each dated
as of January 1, 1996(7)
10.6 -- IPC Retirement Plan and Trust, as amended and Restated May
1, 1992(1)
10.7 -- Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May
30, 1996, between George V. Bayly and IPC(7)
10.8 -- Employment Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1992, between
IPC and Frank V. Tannura(8)
S-6
<PAGE> 119
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
10.9 -- Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 11, 1995, to the
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1992, between
IPC and Frank V. Tannura(9)
10.10 -- Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated May 30, 1996,
between IPC and Frank V. Tannura(7)
10.11 -- Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1991, among
Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P. and George V. Bayly(1)
10.12 -- Form of Severance Agreement between the Company and certain
named executive officers(4)
10.13 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995 (the "1995
Credit Agreement"), among Ivex, IPC, certain of IPC's
subsidiaries, the lenders listed therein, and NationsBank,
N.A., as agent(10)
10.14 -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995, among Ivex,
IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as agent(10)
10.15 -- Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995, among
Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as
agent(10)
10.16 -- Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement in favor of
NationsBank, N.A., as agent(10)
10.17 -- Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 16,
1996, by and among IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the
guarantors and lenders identified on the signature pages
thereto(11)
10.18 -- Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November
21, 1996, by and among IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and
the guarantors and lenders identified on the signature pages
thereto(11)
10.19 -- Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
March 24, 1997, by and among IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as
agent, and the guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto(11)
10.20 -- Form of Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement among IPC,
Ivex, certain of IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A.,
as agent(11)
10.21 -- Form of Amended and Restated Security Agreement among IPC,
Ivex, and certain of IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank,
N.A., as agent(11)
10.22 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1987, between the
County of Kankakee, Illinois and Ivex of Delaware, Inc.
(n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.23 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988, between the
Development Authority of Morgan County and Ivex of Delaware,
Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.24 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1987, between the
County of Will, Illinois and LPX, Inc.(1)
10.25 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1988, between the
Illinois Development Finance Authority and Ivex of Delaware,
Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.26 -- Indenture of Trust, dated as of March 1, 1989, between
Marine Midland Bank, N.A. and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a
IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.27 -- Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1985, between the Village
of Bridgeview, Illinois and L&CP Corporation(1)
10.28 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988, between City of
Troy, Ohio and L&CP Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
</TABLE>
S-7
<PAGE> 120
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- - - ------- ----------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
10.29 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of December 5, 1996, between State
Street Bank and Trust Company and IPC(11)
10.30 -- Lease, dated as of October 4, 1988, between Seymour C.
Graham and Kama Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc)(1)
10.31 -- Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 20, 1988, between
Seymour C. Graham and Kama Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc)(1)
10.32 -- Lease, dated June 20, 1995, between Howard H. Gelb and
Eunice Gelb and Kama Corporation Corporation (n/k/a IPC,
Inc.)(10)
10.33 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 19, 1992, between
Telegraph Road Properties, Inc. and Packaging Products,
Inc.(10)
10.34 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 23, 1985, between
IMAC Realty, Inc. and Packaging Products, Inc.(10)
10.35 -- Letter Agreement, dated March 10, 1995, between Packaging
Products, Inc. and LeWa Company(10)
10.36 -- Tri-Party Agreement, dated September 11, 1995, among
Packaging Products, Inc. and Telegraph Road Properties,
Inc.(10)
10.37 -- Lease, dated as of September 11, 1996, by and between Joseph
P. Bennett and Trio Products, Inc.(11)
10.38 -- Installment Sales Agreement, dated as of December 12, 1990,
between Grove City Industrial Development Corporation and
Ivex Converted Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.39 -- Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1992, between
IPC and Penobscot-MB Partners(2)
10.40 -- Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1992,
between Ivex and IPC and certain of IPC's subsidiaries(2)
10.41 -- Transfer and Noncompete Agreement, dated as of October 14,
1992, between Ivex Converted Products Corporation (n/k/a
IPC, Inc.) and MaxPack S.A. de C.V.(1)
10.42 -- Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1992, by and
among MaxPack S.A. de C.V. and the stockholders thereof(1)
10.43 -- Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 1996 (as
amended), among IPC, CFI Industries, Inc. and Equity
Partners(12)
10.44 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Performance
Incentive Plan*
10.45 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Stock Option Plan*
10.46 -- Form of First Amendment to the Consulting Agreement, dated
as of January 1, 1991, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners*
10.47 -- Form of Stockholder Agreement among Acadia, certain related
investors and certain members of Ivex Management*
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Ivex(13)
23.1 -- Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP(13)
23.2 -- Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois)
(included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)(13)
</TABLE>
- - - -------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
S-8
<PAGE> 121
(1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement of IPC on Form S-1
(33-52150).
(2) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement of the Company on Form
S-4 (33-60714).
(3) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1993.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of the Company on Form 10-Q
for the three months ended June 30, 1996.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of IPC on Form 10-Q for the
three months ended June 30, 1993.
(9) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of IPC on Form 10-Q for the
three months ended June 30, 1995.
(10) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1995.
(11) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996.
(12) Incorporated by reference to Proxy Statement of CFI Industries, Inc. dated
July 22, 1996.
(13) Filed herewith.
S-9
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF IVEX
Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation, owns all of the
outstanding capital stock of IPC, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which owns all
of the outstanding capital stock of the following:
1. Packaging Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation
2. Ivex Corporation, an Ontario corporation, which owns all of the
outstanding capital stock of:
(i) M&R Plastics Inc., a Quebec corporation, which owns all of the
outstanding capital stock of:
(a) M&R Plastics Canada, Inc., an Ontario corporation, and
(b) 2528-5347 Quebec Inc., a Quebec corporation
3. Kama of Illinois Corporation, a Delaware corporation
4. Valley Express Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation
5. Ivex Paper Mill Corporation, a Delaware corporation
6. IPMC Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, which owns all of the
outstanding capital stock of:
(i) IPMC, Inc., a Delaware corporation
7. Trio Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation
8. Ivex Holdings, Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of England
and Wales, which owns all of the outstanding capital stock of:
(i) Kama Europe Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of
England and Wales
9. CFI Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which owns all of the
outstanding capital stock of:
(i) Plastofilm Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
(ii) CFI Recycling, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
(iii) Plastofilm Limited, a Northern Ireland corporation
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 21, 1997, except
as to Notes 5 and 14, which are as of March 24, 1997, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of Ivex Packaging Corporation and its
subsidiaries, which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
application of such report to the Financial Statement Schedules for the three
years ended December 31, 1996 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration
Statement when such schedules are read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements referred to in our report. The audits referred to in such
report also included these schedules. We also consent to the reference to us
under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
August 1, 1997
